Back to GetFilings.com



Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

Form 10-K

 

x   Annual report under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002

 

¨   Transition report under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from              to             .

 

Commission File No. 000-26505

 

COMMUNITY BANCORP INC.

(Name of Issuer in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

33-0859334

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

900 Canterbury Place, Suite 300, Escondido, CA

 

92025

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Issuer’s telephone number:    (760) 432-1100

 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Act:    None

 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, $0.625 par value per share

(Title of class)

 

Check whether the Company (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

 

Yes    x        No    ¨

 

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained in this form, and no disclosure will be contained, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ¨

 

Check whether or not the Company is an accelerated filer as defined in Exchange Rule Act 12b-2.

 

Yes    ¨        No    x

 

As of February 14, 2003, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the Company was: $29,996,000.

 

Number of shares of common stock of the Company outstanding as of February 14, 2003: 3,542,307 shares

 

Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of the Company’s shareholders are incorporated into Part III of this Report by reference.

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

PART I


    

ITEM 1.

  

BUSINESS

  

PAGE   4

ITEM 2.

  

PROPERTIES

  

PAGE 31

ITEM 3.

  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

  

PAGE 32

ITEM 4.

  

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITYHOLDERS

  

PAGE 32

    

PART II


    

ITEM 5.

  

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

  

PAGE 33

ITEM 6.

  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

  

PAGE 35

ITEM 7.

  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  

PAGE 36

ITEM 7A.

  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

  

PAGE 61

ITEM 8.

  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

  

PAGE 62

ITEM 9.

  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

  

PAGE 96

    

PART III


    

ITEM 10.

  

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

  

PAGE 96

ITEM 11.

  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  

PAGE 96

ITEM 12.

  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

  

PAGE 96

ITEM 13.

  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

  

PAGE 96

ITEM 14.

  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

  

PAGE 96

    

PART IV


    

ITEM 15.

  

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

  

PAGE 97

    

SIGNATURES

  

PAGE 99

    

CERTIFICATIONS

  

PAGE 100

Exhibit Index

  

PAGE 102

Exhibit 3.1.1

  

PAGE 103

Exhibit 23.1

  

PAGE 105

Exhibit 99.1

  

PAGE 106

 


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10 (“Report”), including, without limitation, statements containing the words “believes”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “expects”, and words of similar import, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: general economic and business conditions in those areas in which the Company operates, demographic changes, competition, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in business strategy or development plans, changes in governmental regulation, credit quality, the availability of capital to fund the expansion of the Company’s business, economic, political and global changes arising from the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the potential conflict with Iraq and their aftermath, and other factors referenced in this report, including in “Item 1. BUSINESS—Factors that May Affect Future Results of Operations.” When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to the Company, investors and others are cautioned to consider these and other risks and uncertainties. The Company disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events or developments.

 

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this report.

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Sections 13 and 15(d), periodic and current reports must be filed with the SEC. The Company electronically files the following reports with the SEC: Form 10-K (Annual Report), Form 10-Q (Quarterly Report), Form 11-K (Annual Report for Employees Stock Purchase and Savings Plans), Form 8-K (Report of Unscheduled Material Events), and Form DEF 14A (Proxy Statement). The Company may file additional forms. The SEC maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed. Additionally, all forms filed with the SEC and additional shareholder information is available free of charge on the Company’s website: www.comnb.com. The Company posts these reports to its website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing them with the SEC. None of this information on or hyperlinked from the Company’s website is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Community Bancorp Inc.

 

Community Bancorp Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation organized to act as the bank holding company for Community National Bank, formerly Fallbrook National Bank, (the “Bank”) (unless the context requires otherwise, the term “Company” includes the “Bank”). Other than holding the shares of the Bank, the Company conducts no significant activities, although it is authorized, with the prior approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”), the Company’s principal regulator, to engage in a variety of activities which are deemed closely related to the business of banking. See “Item 1. Business Supervision and Regulation.” At December 31, 2002, the Company had approximately $415.7 million in consolidated assets, $339.5 million in consolidated net loans, $364.0 million in consolidated deposits, and $20.6 million in consolidated equity.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

The Company was formed through a holding company reorganization of the Bank, wherein the Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of the Company as of June 25, 1999. The transaction was based on an exchange of shares in which shareholders of the Bank exchanged their shares of the Bank for shares of the common stock of the Company on a one share for one share basis. The transaction was not considered a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. At the same time, the Company was listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol of CMBC, and the Bank’s stock was removed from public trading.

 

Community National Bank

 

The Bank was licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency (the “Comptroller”) on September 5, 1985 and commenced operation as a national banking association on the same day. As a national banking association, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the Comptroller. The Bank is also subject to certain other federal laws and regulations. In addition, the Bank is subject to applicable provisions of California law insofar as such provisions do not conflict with or are not preempted by federal banking laws. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to the applicable limits thereof, and like all national banks, the Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System. The Bank presently has no subsidiaries.

 

General Business Strategy

 

The Company’s strategy is to be a high performing bank holding company targeting small to medium sized businesses with sales up to $25 million annually. This strategy is being executed through a combination of Real Estate, Small Business Administration (“SBA”), Commercial, Construction and small Aircraft lending, combined with a retail banking network located in northern San Diego County and southwestern Riverside County. While most of the lending is concentrated in San Diego and Riverside Counties, the SBA division operates with nine loan production offices located throughout the state of California, and also originates loans in Nevada and Arizona through a network of brokers. In addition to California, the Company, through its contacts with brokers in other states, originates small Aircraft loans in Arizona, Nevada, New Mexico and Washington.

 

The Board has established three major goals for the Company: i) enhance profitability and core earnings, ii) maintain high credit quality, and iii) improve core deposit growth.

 

Enhance profitability and core earnings.    The Company has improved core earnings by focusing on net interest income, non-interest income and controlling expenses. This has resulted in record earnings for 2002 of $3.0 million, compared to $1.1 million in 2001 and $1.0 million in 2000. The efficiency ratio has declined (improved) to 70.25% for 2002, compared to 78.59% in 2001 and 81.32% in 2000. Return on Equity increased to 16.0% for 2002, compared to 7.8% in 2001 and 8.6% in 2000.

 

    Net interest income before provision for loan losses has increased to $16.1 million for 2002 compared to $12.7 million in 2001 and $11.4 million in 2000 due to a combination of increases in interest earning assets and improving net interest margin. Total assets increased 12% to $415.7 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $370.2 million as of December 31, 2001 and $280.7 million as of December 31, 2000. Average interest earning assets increased 20% to $366.3 million for 2002 compared to $304.7 million in 2001 and $218.6 million in 2000. The net interest margin increased to 4.40% in 2002 compared to 4.18% in 2001. The net interest margin decreased in 2001 when compared with 5.20% in 2000 due to the 4.75% decrease in prime rate during 2001. The margin for each of the quarters during 2002 increased throughout the year from 4.05% to 4.28% to 4.49% to 4.74%, respectively. While this trend is not expected to continue in 2003, if there are no further reductions in the prime rate in 2003, management believes that the fourth quarter of 2002 is more indicative of the margin it expects to see during 2003 than the entire year of 2002. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY.”

 

5


Table of Contents

 

    Other operating income has increased to $6.5 million for 2002 compared to $3.0 million in 2001 and $2.2 million in 2000. During 2000 and the first half of 2001, the Company did not sell any SBA 7a loans, retaining production to enhance asset and loan growth. Therefore, gains on sale of loans in 2000 totaled $162,000, while gains as a result of the return to loan sales in the latter half of 2001 increased to $1.1 million. Gains on sale of loans in 2002 totaled $4.4 million. The Company sold $64.8 million, or 75% of the SBA loans originated in 2002. Management expects to sell up to approximately 60% of the SBA loans originated in 2003, and therefore other operating income is expected to decline slightly in 2003 when compared to 2002. Loan servicing fees, net increased to $687,000 in 2002 compared to $129,000 in 2001 and $654,000 in 2000. The decline in 2001 is due to a valuation reserve of $249,000 being provided in 2001, while the increase in 2002 reflects the $199,000 recovery of a portion of the reserve. The Company and the industry experienced a higher level of prepayments in 2001 than in 2000, which resulted in both the need for the reserve and a reduction in the total loans serviced for others, which generates the normal loan servicing fee income. Prepayments decreased substantially in 2002 as interest rates stabilized, resulting in the recovery in 2002. Customer service charges have increased from $394,000 in 2000 to $533,000 in 2001 to $614,000 in 2002. The increase reflects the increase in transaction accounts, including demand, savings and money market accounts. Other fee income decreased to $832,000 in 2002 compared to $1.2 million in 2001 and $972,000 in 2000. The largest component of other fee income is fees generated from the brokering of SBA related non-guaranteed loans, mortgage loan brokerage and other construction loan related fees. Fees from brokering of non-guaranteed SBA related loans totaled $124,000 in 2002 compared to $375,000 in 2001 and $161,000 in 2000. Brokering of non-guaranteed SBA related loans vary from year to year based on customer demand for the product. Fees from brokerage of mortgage loans totaled $139,000 in 2002 compared to $185,000 in 2001 and $145,000 in 2000. In January 2003 the Company closed the Mortgage Department. The closure of the Mortgage Department is expected to have minimal impact on other fee income. Other construction loan related fees totaled $266,000 in 2002 compared to $357,000 in 2001 and $128,000 in 2000. Other construction loan related fees decreased due to the reduction in non-owner-occupied construction loans, which in general tend to have higher fees than owner-occupied construction loans.

 

    The Company measures operating expenses as a percentage of average assets. As a percentage of average assets, operating expenses increased to 4.06% for 2002, compared to 3.82% for 2001 and was 4.69% for 2000. In order to continue the Company’s expansion and consolidate the management of the lending and savings operations, the Company moved its administration into its new headquarters in March 2002. The Company incurred certain one time expenses in conjunction with the move. During 2002 the Company incurred non-recurring expenses totaling $281,000 due to the relocation of the Company’s corporate headquarters. The Company also incurred $136,000 in expenses associated with the refurbishment of a repossessed aircraft in 2002. There were no similar refurbishment expenses in 2001 or 2000. In addition, personnel expenses increased in 2002 due to increased performance based incentives and loan officer commissions, combined with the normal additions to staff as part of the Company’s expansion. The Company expects this ratio to decline (improve) in 2003 as the Company continues to expand its assets and eliminates the one time expenses associated with this move. In addition, the closure of the Mortgage Banking operation will assist in controlling expenses in 2003. Total non-interest expenses of the Mortgage Banking operation were $407,000 in 2002, compared to $331,000 in 2001 and $346,000 in 2000.

 

Maintain high credit quality.    Oversight of the Company’s lending portfolio has been performed by individuals with extensive experience in commercial lending, and who have been with the Company for a significant period of time. The President, Thomas E. Swanson, was hired as Sr. Vice President, Chief Credit Officer of the Company in 1992. In 1996, Mr. Swanson was promoted to President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Swanson has in excess of 30 years experience as a commercial lending officer. Donald W. Murray, Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer was originally hired as the Vice President, SBA Department Manager in 1994, and was promoted to Sr. Vice President, Sr. Credit Officer in 1996, and was subsequently promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief Credit Officer in January 2001. Mr. Murray has 17 years experience

 

6


Table of Contents

in commercial and SBA lending. Gary M. Youmans was hired in 1991 as Sr. Vice President from another bank that specialized in SBA lending to develop the Company’s SBA lending operation. In 1996 Mr. Youmans was promoted to Executive Vice President. In addition, the Company’s other non-SBA commercial lending officers have an average tenure with the Company of 5 years, and have experience in excess of 15 years on average in commercial lending. The Company’s consistent lending quality and underwriting expertise is the result of experienced lenders and sound underwriting practices. Net charge offs to average loans outstanding has averaged 0.14% for the five years ending December 31, 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the net charge offs to average loans outstanding was 0.16%. Non-accrual loans to total loans have averaged 0.76% of total loans for the five years ending December 31, 2002. With the exception of December 31, 2000, when the Company had an unusually low delinquency ratio of only 0.02%, the ratio of non-accrual loans to total loans of 0.65% at December 31, 2002 is the lowest in five years.

 

Improve core deposit growth.    In 2000, Michael Patterson, Sr. Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, was hired to oversee the retail banking side of the Company. Mr. Patterson, with 19 years experience as a regional retail banking manager for major bank’s and thrifts, brought new focus to both core deposit and fee generation in the deposit side of the Banking division. In addition, Mr. Patterson expanded the branch operation by adding two new branches in 2001, with an additional branch planned for 2003. As a result, transaction accounts (checking, savings and money market accounts) increased 10% to $139.4 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $126.2 million as of December 31, 2001, and were $101.2 million as of December 31, 2000. In addition, customer service charges increased to $614,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $533,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $394,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

With the continued expansion of the retail banking operations, wholesale deposits as a percentage of total deposits are expected to continue to decline in 2003. Wholesale deposits decreased from $81.7 million as of December 31, 2001 to $63.7 million as of December 31, 2002. Since the Company will no longer need to compete for the higher volume and higher cost Certificates of Deposits (“CD”) required to support the rapid growth of the Company, the Company has been able to price its CD products more in line with the average price of the competition. This has contributed to the improved interest margin. This repricing coupled with more attention on core deposit growth is intended to continue to improve the net interest margin through lowering the cost of funds.

 

Market Area and Competition

 

The Company’s primary market area is San Diego County consisting of the communities of Bonsall/Fallbrook, Escondido, Vista, and the Inland Empire in the community of Temecula. In 2000, the most recent census information available, the populations of Bonsall/Fallbrook, Escondido, Temecula and Vista were approximately, 43,000, 134,000, 67,000 and 86,000, respectively. During that same year, the average household incomes for Bonsall/Fallbrook, Escondido, Temecula and Vista were $38,000, $43,000, $62,000 and $44,000, respectively. The combined population growth rate for the San Diego County and the Inland Empire was approximately 18% and 12% per annum, respectively.

 

The banking and financial services business in California generally, and in the Company’s primary market area specifically, is highly competitive. The increasingly competitive environment is a result primarily of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service providers. As a result of this consolidation, there were 19 community banks located in the Company’s primary market area as of December 31, 2002.

 

The Company competes for loans, deposits and customers for financial services with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies, finance companies, money market funds, credit unions, and other non-bank financial service providers. Many of these competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader array of financial services than the Company. In order to compete with the

 

7


Table of Contents

other financial services providers, the Company principally relies upon local promotional activities, personal relationships established by officers, directors and employees with its customers, and specialized services tailored to meet its customers’ needs.

 

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes involving frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services which have further increased competition. There can also be no assurance that these technological improvements, if made, will increase the Company’s operational efficiency or that the Company will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.

 

There were approximately $4.1 billion in deposits in the Company’s primary market areas as of June 30, 2002, the most recent data available. At that time, the Company maintained five full service banking offices in Bonsall, Escondido, Fallbrook, Temecula and Vista, California. As of June 30, 2002, the Escondido Office deposit market share of the Escondido market was approximately 5%, the Fallbrook/Bonsall Offices deposit market share of the Fallbrook/Bonsall market was approximately 27%, the Temecula Office deposit market share of the Temecula market was approximately 7%, and the Vista Office was approximately 5%.

 

The Company is a “Preferred Lender” and has authority throughout the states of California, Arizona, Nevada and Oregon to originate SBA loans. For the SBA’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2002, $3.2 billion of SBA guaranteed loans were originated in the State of California, of which $63.2 million were originated by the Company. The Company’s typical small business customer is a small to mid-sized business with annual sales between $1 million and $10 million. See “GENERAL BUSINESS STRATEGY—DIVISIONS OF THE COMPANY—SBA DIVISION.”

 

Divisions of the Company

 

In order to better present and monitor the performance of the Company, management has separated the Company into two distinct divisions, Banking (including Mortgage Banking) and SBA. The separation of income and expenses, as well as assets and liabilities allows management and investors to better understand the performance of the Company.

 

Each Division has somewhat different ways of measuring performance. For example, the SBA Division is focused on annual production of SBA loans, while the Banking Division is focused on building more long term relationships, servicing the entire banking relationship of the customer. The Company’s SBA Division also operates in territories throughout the state of California, as well as Nevada, Oregon and Arizona, making it difficult to service the entire banking relationship of the customer.

 

Banking Division

 

Performance in the Banking Division is measured in terms of profitability, asset growth, asset quality, deposit growth, market share and other standards. For the year ended December 31, 2000, the Banking Division had a pre-tax profit of $1.9 million, with net interest income of $9.7 million. Other operating income was $1.2 million, and other operating expenses were $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. Total assets of the Banking Division were $203.5 million as of December 31, 2000. For the year ended December 31, 2001, net interest income before provision for loan losses declined to $8.9 million as a result of the 4.75% decline in interest rates in 2001 and the corresponding margin compression. However, other operating income increased to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $401,000 over the year ended December 31, 2000. Due to the addition of two branches in 2001, operating expenses increased to $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. The decline in net interest income and the additional expense of the two new branches resulted in a decline in income before income taxes for the Banking Division to $488,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001. For the year ended December 31, 2002, the Banking Division had a pre-tax profit of $1.2 million, with net interest income of $12.6 million. Other operating income was $1.5 million, and other operating

 

8


Table of Contents

expenses were $11.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase in income before income taxes of $744,000 in 2002 when compared with 2001 is due to the increase in the net interest income and decrease in provision for loan losses, partially offset by the increase in operating expenses. Net interest income increased due to higher volume of interest earning assets and lower cost of funds in 2002 when compared with 2001. Other operating expenses increased in 2002 as a result of the opening of the Corporate headquarters in March 2002, certain nonrecurring expenses incurred as a result of the relocation, and increased salaries and employee benefits as a result of increased performance based incentives and loan officer commissions, combined with additions to staff due to the expansion of the Company. Total assets of the Banking Division increased to $321.8 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $270.2 million as of December 31, 2001. The Company added two branches during 2001, which, combined with normal expansion of the Company, resulted in the 19% increase in total assets of the Banking Division. The closure of the Mortgage Banking department in January 2003 is anticipated to have minimal impact on the Banking Division.

 

The rapidly falling interest rates in 2001 resulted in a rapid decline in the Company’s net interest margin. The Company’s assets adjust to changes in interest rates faster than its liabilities. With the constant declining interest rate environment experienced in 2001, the yield on interest earning assets declined rapidly, while the cost of liabilities decreased at a much slower pace. Certificates of Deposits have terms of 3 to 12 months, and therefore do not adjust as quickly as interest earning assets tied to the prime rate. In addition, 38% of the average deposits in 2001 were either non-interest bearing or had minimal interest paid (approximately 2.16% for interest bearing savings and checking accounts in 2001), and therefore resulted in minimal adjustments as interest rates have declined. As a result, the interest margin has declined from 5.20% in 2000 to 4.18% in 2001. The net interest margin improved in 2002 as a result of the increase in interest earning assets, combined with continued declines in the cost of deposits and an improvement in the net interest margin to 4.40%. The cost of interest bearing deposits declined 50 basis points to 4.35% in 2001 compared to 4.85% in 2000. The cost of interest bearing deposits declined 194 basis points to 2.41% in 2002 compared to 4.35% in 2001. Further declines in market rates would result in further margin shrinkage. However, a rising interest rate environment should have a positive impact on the net interest margin. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY.”

 

The following table shows the total assets and results of operations for the Banking Division as of and for the five years indicated.

 

    

1998


    

1999


  

2000


  

2001


  

2002


    

(dollars in thousands)

Interest income

  

$

6,042

 

  

$

9,174

  

$

15,413

  

$

17,183

  

$

18,298

Interest expense

  

 

1,893

 

  

 

2,268

  

 

5,724

  

 

8,285

  

 

5,699

    


  

  

  

  

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

  

 

4,149

 

  

 

6,906

  

 

9,689

  

 

8,898

  

 

12,599

Provision for loan losses

  

 

538

 

  

 

385

  

 

917

  

 

1,099

  

 

962

Other operating income

  

 

2,214

 

  

 

2,353

  

 

1,151

  

 

1,552

  

 

1,529

Other operating expense

  

 

6,574

 

  

 

8,826

  

 

8,064

  

 

8,863

  

 

11,934

    


  

  

  

  

Income (loss) before income taxes

  

 

(749

)

  

 

48

  

 

1,859

  

 

488

  

 

1,232

Income taxes

  

 

(309

)

  

 

6

  

 

737

  

 

202

  

 

508

    


  

  

  

  

Net income (loss)

  

$

(440

)

  

$

42

  

$

1,122

  

$

286

  

$

724

    


  

  

  

  

Assets employed at year end

  

$

95,036

 

  

$

140,796

  

$

203,543

  

$

270,202

  

$

321,772

    


  

  

  

  

 

SBA Division

 

The SBA Division performance is measured in terms of profitability, asset quality, asset size and loan production. The Company did not sell any SBA 7a loans in 2000 or the first half of 2001. Assets totaled $76.9 million for the SBA Division as of December 31, 2000. The Division had a loss of $206,000 before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2000. Other operating income was $1.0 million for the year ended

 

9


Table of Contents

December 31, 2000. Interest income before provision for loan losses was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, and operating expenses totaled $2.9 million. Due to the retention of the SBA 7a loans during the first half of 2001, total assets increased to $100.0 million as of December 31, 2001. As a result, net interest income increased to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, exceeding operating expenses of $3.5 million for the same period. Operating expenses increased when compared to the year ended December 31, 2000 due to the increase in SBA loan originations. Other operating income increased to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 due to the increase in loan sales. Due to the retention of SBA loans and the resultant increase in net interest income, the SBA Division had a pretax profit of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2002, total assets decreased to $93.9 million. As a result, interest income decreased to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, and operating expenses were $4.0 million for the same period. Operating expenses increased when compared to the year ended December 31, 2001 due to the increase in SBA loan originations. Other operating income increased to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 due to the increase in SBA loan sales. Due to the increased SBA loan sales and the resultant increase in other operating income, the SBA Division had a pretax profit of $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

The Company sold 75% of its SBA loans originated in 2002, compared to 52% of SBA loans originated in 2001. The Company anticipates that it will decrease the percentage of SBA loans sold of those originated in 2003 to approximately 60%, which should result in a slight decrease in other operating income and a slight increase in net interest income due to the higher retention rate of loans originated.

 

The loan origination process is somewhat different from that of the Bank Division due to the fact that there are limitations as to structure and types of loans in order to meet the SBA guidelines. Since full banking relationships are difficult to develop on SBA loans outside of the Company’s retail banking operating areas, the Company has utilized wholesale certificates of deposit as a funding source for the SBA Division. Retail certificates of deposit are utilized as well, and as the Banking Division continues to expand the ultimate goal will be to reduce the use of wholesale deposits as a funding source. This should have the added effect of expanding the Company’s margin as interest rates stabilize. The SBA Division has not been affected as dramatically as the Banking Division by the 4.75% decline in interest rates in 2001. This is due to i) SBA 7a loans adjust on the first of each quarter to changes in rates for the prior quarter, rather than immediately, and ii) the use of certificates of deposit as its funding source. Although the certificates have terms ranging from 3 to 12 months, the rates offered on new and rollover certificates declined significantly over the two years ended December 31, 2002. The market rates for wholesale certificates of deposit also tend to move immediately as market rates change, as opposed to retail certificates of deposit, which tend to lag in terms of market rate changes.

 

The following chart illustrates the earnings, asset and loan origination growth of the SBA Division for each of the five years ended December 31, 2002.

 

   

1998


 

1999


 

2000


   

2001


 

2002


   

(dollars in thousands)

Interest income

 

$

4,911

 

$

3,651

 

$

5,763

 

 

$

8,022

 

$

6,517

Interest expense

 

 

1,847

 

 

2,013

 

 

4,082

 

 

 

4,196

 

 

2,996

   

 

 


 

 

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

 

 

3,064

 

 

1,638

 

 

1,681

 

 

 

3,826

 

 

3,521

Provision for loan losses

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

48

 

 

 

371

 

 

599

Other operating income

 

 

1,663

 

 

3,223

 

 

1,027

 

 

 

1,394

 

 

4,972

Other operating expense

 

 

1,836

 

 

2,458

 

 

2,866

 

 

 

3,452

 

 

3,987

   

 

 


 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

2,891

 

 

2,403

 

 

(206

)

 

 

1,397

 

 

3,907

Income taxes

 

 

1,194

 

 

894

 

 

(85

)

 

 

581

 

 

1,625

   

 

 


 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,697

 

$

1,509

 

$

(121

)

 

$

816

 

$

2,282

   

 

 


 

 

Assets employed at year end

 

$

41,187

 

$

34,977

 

$

76,915

 

 

$

100,021

 

$

93,926

   

 

 


 

 

Loans originated

 

$

36,999

 

$

38,452

 

$

47,232

 

 

$

54,487

 

$

85,096

Loans sold

 

$

25,308

 

$

37,562

 

$

4,542

 

 

$

28,520

 

$

64,773

 

10


Table of Contents

 

Lending

 

The following is a discussion of the various lending functions of the Company, including those of both the Banking and the SBA Divisions.

 

Underwriting Process

 

The lending activities of the Company are guided by the basic lending policies established by the Board of Directors. Each loan must meet minimum underwriting criteria established in the Company’s lending policies and must fit within the Company’s strategies for yield and portfolio enhancement.

 

For all newly originated loans, upon receipt of a completed loan application from a prospective borrower, a credit report is ordered and, if necessary, additional financial information is requested. An independent appraisal is required on every property securing a Company loan in excess of $200,000. In addition, the loan officer conducts a review of these appraisals for accuracy, reasonableness and conformance to the Company’s lending policy on all applications. All revisions to the Company’s approved appraiser list must be approved by the President.

 

Credit approval authority is segregated into three distinct levels, namely the Directors’ Loan Committee, Officers’ Loan Committee and the individual lending limits of loan officers. The limits for the various levels are determined by the Board of Directors and/or the President and reviewed periodically. The Directors’ Loan Committee consists of the President, who is the Chairman, and at least three outside directors of the Company. The committee meets at least once a month or more frequently as needed. The Officers’ Loan Committee consists of the President, Executive Vice President, the Chief Credit Officer/Executive Vice President, the Senior Vice President—Credit Administration, Vice President/SBA Manager and the First Vice President, Corporate lending. The committee is chaired by the Chief Credit Officer and meets twice a week or more frequently as needed.

 

The Board has established loan authority guidelines, which in general state that all loans to borrowing relationships where the aggregate amount of secured credit is $500,000 or more, or the aggregate amount of unsecured credit is $250,000 or more must be submitted to the Officers’ Loan Committee for approval. The President and Chief Credit Officer, together, may approve secured credits in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000, and may approve unsecured credits in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,750,000. The Officers’ Loan Committee has authority to approve loans up to $3.5 million. The Directors’ Loan Committee approves all loans over $3.5 million, and reviews all secured loans originated of $500,000 or more and all other loans of $100,000 or more, as well as classification of assets, delinquencies and the current status of the loan portfolio. See “Concentrations of Credit”

 

If the loan is approved, the loan commitment specifies the terms and conditions of the proposed loan including the amount, interest rate, amortization term, a brief description of the required collateral, and the required insurance coverage. Generally, the borrower must provide proof of fire, flood (if applicable) and casualty insurance on the property serving as collateral, which insurance must be maintained during the full term of the loan. Also, generally, title insurance endorsed to the Company is required on all first mortgage loans.

 

The Company maintains nine loan production offices located throughout the state of California. The loan production offices are typically staffed with a loan officer who prepares the loan applications and compiles the necessary information regarding the applicant. The completed loan file is then sent to the Company’s main office where the credit decision is made. The loan production offices not associated with the retail branches predominantly originate loans guaranteed by the SBA. The retail branches may include both SBA loan officers as well as non-SBA commercial loan officers.

 

11


Table of Contents

 

SBA Lending Programs

 

The SBA lending programs are designed by the federal government to assist the small business community in obtaining financing from financial institutions that are given government guarantees as an incentive to make the loan. The Company is a “Preferred Lender” with the SBA. As a “Preferred Lender,” the Company can approve a loan within the authority given it by the SBA without prior approval from the SBA. “Preferred Lenders” approve, package, fund and service SBA loans within a range of authority that is not available to other SBA lenders without the “Preferred Lender” designation. The Company has been a “Preferred Lender” since 1992 and has this authority throughout the states of California, Arizona, Oregon and Nevada.

 

The Company’s SBA loans fall into two categories, loans originated under the SBA’s 7a Program (“7a Loans”) and loans originated under the SBA’s 504 Program (“504 Loans”). Historically, 7a Loans have represented approximately 80% of the SBA Loans originated by the Company while 504 Loans have represented the balance. During the year ended December 31, 2002, 504 Loans constituted approximately 28% of all SBA loans originated. Of all SBA loans originated, approximately 98% are collateralized by commercial real estate, while the balance are commercial business loans generally for the purpose of funding working capital, equipment purchases and accounts receivable. See “Commercial Real Estate Lending” and “General Business Lending.”

 

Under the SBA’s 7a Program, loans in excess of $150,000 are guaranteed 75% by the SBA. Generally, this guarantee may become invalid only if the loan does not meet the SBA documentation guidelines.

 

In general the Company’s policy permits SBA 7a Loans in amounts up to $1.33 million. Under certain circumstances when the borrowing needs exceed $1.33 million, the Company makes a SBA guaranteed second trust deed loan and a second financial institution makes a first trust deed loan. Loans collateralized by real estate have terms of up to 25 years, while loans collateralized by equipment and working capital have terms of up to 10 years and 7 years, respectively. The Company requires a 10% down payment on most 7a Loans, with a 15% to 20% down payment on loans collateralized by hotels, motels and service stations.

 

As part of its strategy to stabilize and enhance earnings, during 2000 and the first half of 2001 the Company retained the guaranteed portion of most of the SBA loans it originated. This assisted the SBA Division in developing interest income which would offset the Division’s operating expenses. The Company returned to selling SBA 7a loans in the latter half of 2001 in order to manage its balance sheet and capital levels. The Company sold 75% of the SBA loans originated in 2002, and anticipates selling up to 60% of SBA loans originated in 2003. While the reduction in sales will have a slightly negative impact on non-interest income, the growth in loans from the increased retention rate will result in a slightly increased net interest income. Funding for these loans has come from a mix of wholesale and retail deposit sources. Management’s goal is to match the interest rate sensitivity of these loans, which adjust on a quarterly basis, with deposits that also adjust or mature with approximately the same duration. The SBA loans generally have an interest rate of 1.5% to 2.75% over prime, while the wholesale 90 day CD rates are approximately 2.25% to 2.75% under prime.

 

The Company periodically sells the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of SBA loans it originates. The Company retains the servicing on such loans. This strategy allows the Company to manage its capital levels and to ensure that funding is always available to meet the local community loan demand. Upon sale in the secondary market, the purchaser of the guaranteed portion of 7a Loans pays a premium to the Company which, generally, is between 6% and 10% of the guaranteed amount. The Company also receives a servicing fee equal to 1% to 2% of the amount sold in the secondary market. In the event that a 7a Loan goes into default within 270 days of its sale, or prepays within 90 days, the Company is required to repurchase the loan and refund the premium to the purchaser. In the past three years, the Company has repurchased 17 loans, however only 2 of these repurchased loans required refunds of premiums. No refunds were owed on the other 15 loans repurchased. A reserve has not been deemed necessary as the likelihood of a refund is considered remote.

 

Under the SBA’s 504 Program, the Company requires a 10% down payment. The Company then enters into a 50% first trust loan to the borrower and an interim 40% second trust loan. The first trust has a term of 20 years.

 

12


Table of Contents

The second trust is for a term of 120 days. Within the 120 day period of entering into the loan, the second trust deed loans are refinanced by SBA certified development companies and used as collateral for SBA guaranteed debentures. For 504 construction loans, the 120 day period does not commence until the notice of completion is filed. The first trust deed loans may be pre-sold by the Company with no recourse, prior to releasing the funds to the purchaser. The Company retains no servicing on 504 Loans after they are sold.

 

In addition to SBA lending, the Company makes a limited number of building and industrial loans (“B&I Loans”) guaranteed by the Farmers Home Administration (“FmHA”). The FmHA guarantee program for B&I Loans generally provides for an 80% guarantee of the loan amount with no maximum loan amount limitations. This program is generally available for businesses located in rural market areas. There were no B&I Loans or FmHA Loans originated in 2002.

 

The Company’s SBA lending program and portions of its real estate lending are dependent on the continual funding and programs of certain federal agencies or quasi-government corporations including the SBA, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”), and the Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”). The guaranteed portion of an SBA loan does not count towards the Company’s loans-to-one-borrower limitation which, at December 31, 2002 was $5.4 million.

 

SBA lending is a federal government created and administered program. As such, legislative and regulatory developments can affect the availability and funding of the program. This dependence on legislative funding and regulatory restrictions from time to time causes limitations and uncertainties with regard to the continued funding of such loans, with a resulting potential adverse financial impact on the Company’s business. For example, during late 2002 and early 2003 the maximum limit of individual 7a loans which the SBA would permit was substantially reduced to $500,000. This reduction in loan amount, which was in place for only a few months and which has now been removed, could have, had it remained in place for a longer period of time, had a negative impact on the Company’s business. Since the SBA Division of the Company constitutes a significant portion of the Company’s lending business, this dependence on this government program and its periodic uncertainty with availability and amounts of funding creates greater risk for the Company’s business than does other parts of its business.

 

Total Loan Portfolio Composition

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio at the dates indicated:

 

   

At December 31,


 
   

2002


   

2001


   

2000


   

1999


   

1998


 
   

Amount


   

Percent


   

Amount


   

Percent


   

Amount


   

Percent


   

Amount


   

Percent


   

Amount


   

Percent


 
   

(dollars in thousands)

 

Loan portfolio composition:

                                                                     

Commercial loans

 

$

16,408

 

 

4.75

%

 

$

15,332

 

 

4.97

%

 

$

11,024

 

 

4.46

%

 

$

6,064

 

 

4.16

%

 

$

7,510

 

 

6.67

%

Aircraft loans

 

 

29,462

 

 

8.53

%

 

 

23,929

 

 

7.76

%

 

 

24,761

 

 

10.01

%

 

 

17,113

 

 

11.75

%

 

 

6,007

 

 

5.33

%

Real estate:

                                                                     

Construction loans

 

 

67,445

 

 

19.53

%

 

 

60,264

 

 

19.53

%

 

 

51,700

 

 

20.90

%

 

 

27,661

 

 

18.99

%

 

 

21,046

 

 

18.68

%

Secured by

                                                                     

One-to four-family

 

 

16,853

 

 

4.88

%

 

 

11,358

 

 

3.68

%

 

 

25,407

 

 

10.27

%

 

 

21,601

 

 

14.83

%

 

 

14,087

 

 

12.51

%

Commercial

 

 

207,808

 

 

60.19

%

 

 

189,395

 

 

61.38

%

 

 

120,118

 

 

48.56

%

 

 

61,263

 

 

42.04

%

 

 

55,788

 

 

49.54

%

Consumer:

                                                                     

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

3,394

 

 

0.98

%

 

 

2,615

 

 

0.85

%

 

 

2,912

 

 

1.18

%

 

 

2,649

 

 

1.82

%

 

 

2,033

 

 

1.80

%

Other

 

 

3,928

 

 

1.14

%

 

 

5,635

 

 

1.83

%

 

 

11,417

 

 

4.62

%

 

 

9,342

 

 

6.41

%

 

 

6,166

 

 

5.47

%

   


       


       


       


       


     

Total Gross loans outstanding

 

 

345,298

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

308,528

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

247,339

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

145,693

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

112,637

 

 

100.00

%

Deferred loan fees and unamortized gains

 

 

(1,882

)

       

 

(54

)

       

 

86

 

       

 

(172

)

       

 

(2,936

)

     

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(3,945

)

       

 

(2,788

)

       

 

(1,988

)

       

 

(1,119

)

       

 

(911

)

     
   


       


       


       


       


     

Net loans

 

$

339,471

 

       

$

305,686

 

       

$

245,437

 

       

$

144,402

 

       

$

108,790

 

     
   


       


       


       


       


     

 

13


Table of Contents

 

Loan Maturity

 

The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of the Company’s gross loans at December 31, 2002.

 

      

One year or less


    

More than 1 year to
3 years


    

More than 3 years to 5 years


    

More than 5 Years


    

Total Loans


      

(dollars in thousands)

Loan portfolio composition:

                                            

Commercial loans

    

$

7,029

    

$

2,536

    

$

3,867

    

$

2,976

    

$

16,408

Aircraft loans

    

 

763

    

 

58

    

 

349

    

 

28,292

    

 

29,462

Real estate:

                                            

Construction loans

    

 

64,948

    

 

2,497

    

 

—  

    

 

—  

    

 

67,445

Secured by one- to four-family residential properties

    

 

8,128

    

 

1,670

    

 

2,043

    

 

5,012

    

 

16,853

Secured by commercial properties

    

 

46,187

    

 

13,610

    

 

14,036

    

 

133,975

    

 

207,808

Consumer:

                                            

Home equity lines of credit

    

 

117

    

 

51

    

 

509

    

 

2,717

    

 

3,394

Other

    

 

981

    

 

1,474

    

 

1,178

    

 

295

    

 

3,928

      

    

    

    

    

Total Gross loans outstanding

    

$

128,153

    

$

21,896

    

$

21,982

    

$

173,267

    

$

345,298

      

    

    

    

    

 

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2002, the dollar amounts of gross loans outstanding that are contractually due after December 31, 2003 and whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates.

 

      

Due after December 31, 2003


      

Fixed


    

Adjustable


    

Total


      

(dollars in thousands)

Loan portfolio composition:

                          

Commercial loans

    

$

1,591

    

$

7,788

    

$

9,379

Aircraft loans

    

 

9,271

    

 

19,428

    

 

28,699

Real estate:

                          

Construction loans

    

 

312

    

 

2,185

    

 

2,497

Secured by one- to four-family residential properties

    

 

4,636

    

 

4,089

    

 

8,725

Secured by commercial properties

    

 

5,641

    

 

155,980

    

 

161,621

Consumer:

                          

Home equity lines of credit

    

 

—  

    

 

3,277

    

 

3,277

Other

    

 

2,947

    

 

—  

    

 

2,947

      

    

    

Gross loans outstanding

    

$

24,398

    

$

192,747

    

$

217,145

      

    

    

 

14


Table of Contents

 

Loan Origination and Sale

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s loan originations by category and purchases, sales and principal repayments of loans for the periods indicated:

 

      

At or For the Years Ended December 31,


 
      

2002


      

2001


      

2000


      

1999


    

1998


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Beginning balance

    

$

305,686

 

    

$

245,437

 

    

$

144,402

 

    

$

108,790

    

$

73,968

 

Loans originated:

                                                    

Commercial loans

    

 

24,756

 

    

 

21,393

 

    

 

28,134

 

    

 

25,292

    

 

12,298

 

Real estate:

                                                    

Construction loans

    

 

100,841

 

    

 

94,418

 

    

 

76,176

 

    

 

56,151

    

 

39,677

 

One- to four-family

    

 

50,730

 

    

 

56,607

 

    

 

35,214

 

    

 

41,605

    

 

56,868

 

Commercial

    

 

129,754

 

    

 

90,617

 

    

 

78,388

 

    

 

57,787

    

 

44,996

 

Consumer

    

 

3,061

 

    

 

4,072

 

    

 

8,308

 

    

 

5,880

    

 

5,389

 

      


    


    


    

    


Total loans originated

    

 

309,142

 

    

 

267,107

 

    

 

226,220

 

    

 

186,715

    

 

159,228

 

Loans sold

                                                    

Real estate:

                                                    

Construction

    

 

464

 

    

 

3,093

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

 

—  

 

One- to four-family

    

 

44,689

 

    

 

35,284

 

    

 

11,365

 

    

 

24,802

    

 

32,933

 

Commercial

    

 

64,773

 

    

 

28,520

 

    

 

4,542

 

    

 

37,562

    

 

25,308

 

      


    


    


    

    


Total loans sold

    

 

109,926

 

    

 

66,897

 

    

 

15,907

 

    

 

62,364

    

 

58,241

 

Less:

                                                    

Principal repayments

    

 

168,417

 

    

 

140,781

 

    

 

110,129

 

    

 

86,437

    

 

66,686

 

Other net changes (1)

    

 

(2,986

)

    

 

(820

)

    

 

(851

)

    

 

2,302

    

 

(521

)

      


    


    


    

    


Total loans

    

$

339,471

 

    

$

305,686

 

    

$

245,437

 

    

$

144,402

    

$

108,790

 

      


    


    


    

    



(1)   Other net changes include changes in allowance for loan losses, deferred loan fees, loans in process and unamortized premiums and discounts.

 

Commercial Real Estate Lending

 

The Company focuses on originating loans secured by commercial real estate, such as retail centers, small office and light industrial buildings and other mixed use commercial properties. The Company will make loans secured by special purpose properties such as motels, and, from time-to-time, restaurants. Pursuant to the Company’s underwriting policies, commercial real estate loans, which are not SBA loans, may be made in amounts up to the lesser of 75% of the appraised value of the property or the sales price. These loans may be made with terms up to 10 years and are either adjustable rate loans or fixed with a maximum term of 5 years. The Company generally requires a minimum debt service ratio (the ratio of net earnings on a property to debt service) of 1.25 to 1 or more. In addition to commercial real estate lending, and to a much lesser extent, the Company originates loans secured by multi-family residential properties.

 

Loans secured by commercial real estate and multi-family residential properties are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential loans. The liquidation value of commercial and multi-family properties may be adversely affected by risks generally incident to interests in real property, including changes or continued weakness in general or local economic conditions and/or specific industry segments; declines in real estate values; declines in rental room or occupancy rates; increases in interest rates, real estate and personal property tax rates and other operating expenses (including energy costs); the availability of refinancing; changes in governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies, including rent control ordinances, environmental legislation, taxation and other factors beyond the control of the borrower or the lender. Because of

 

15


Table of Contents

this, the Company considers the borrower’s experience in owning and managing similar properties and the Company’s lending experience with the borrower.

 

General business lending

 

The Company offers commercial business loans to businesses operating in the Company’s primary market area. The Company’s commercial business loans consist of lines of credit which require annual renewals, adjustable-rate loans with terms of five to seven years, and short term fixed-rate loans with terms of up to three years. Such loans are made up to $5.4 million, the Company’s loans-to-one-borrower limit at December 31, 2002. The Company will also enter into commercial loans in excess of $5.4 million but will participate out that portion in excess of its legal lending limit.

 

Aircraft lending

 

The Company’s commercial loan portfolio also includes loans secured by new and used aircraft. These loans range in size from $25,000 to $1,586,000, have 15 or 20 year terms and are offered at variable or fixed interest rates. The market for loans secured by used aircraft is dominated by a few larger financial institutions. Typically these loans have maturities of 15 to 20 years but are refinanced approximately every three to four years. Lenders rely on relationships with aircraft dealers to compete for aircraft loans. In April 1998, the Company hired a loan officer with 16 years experience in aircraft lending and relationships with several aircraft dealers.

 

Aircraft loan customers are generally professionals and other high net worth individuals. The primary consideration on a loan application for an aircraft loan is the credit worthiness of the borrower and ability to repay the loan amount. The Company’s loan officers consider the costs of tie down space or hanger rental, maintenance requirements and insurance coverage in assessing the cash flow analysis of the borrower as such expenses can be substantial. In addition to the credit worthiness of the borrower, the Company will review the wholesale value of the aircraft. For loans over $200,000, an appraisal is performed on the aircraft which provides both a wholesale value and a retail value of the aircraft. Generally speaking, the wholesale value approximates 70% of the retail value. The Company generally will finance up to the lesser of 85% of the purchase price or 100% of the wholesale value of the aircraft. As the purchase price of the aircraft increases, the down payment required increases. A title search is conducted on all aircraft loans. In addition, appropriate ground and air coverage insurance and title insurance must be obtained by the borrower. The term of the loans are generally no more than 20 years. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $29.5 million of aircraft loans in its commercial loan portfolio with an average size of $130,000. Aircraft loans are based on the ability of the borrower to repay the loan, and not necessarily on the cash flows generated from the use of the aircraft. Impairment is measured at the time of repossession based on an appraisal performed within 60 days of repossession, and any impairment is then charged to the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to repossession, the Company periodically will re-evaluate the change in market value of the repossessed aircraft, with any losses being charged against the income of the Company.

 

Construction Lending

 

The Company originates construction loans on both one- to four-family residences and on commercial real estate properties. The Company originates two types of residential construction loans, consumer and builder. The Company originates consumer construction loans to build single family residences. The Company will originate builder construction loans to companies engaged in the business of constructing homes for resale. These loans may be for homes currently under contract for sale or homes built for speculative purposes to be marketed for sale during construction. For owner occupied single family residences, the borrower and the property must qualify for permanent financing. Prequalification for owner occupied single family residences is required. For commercial property, the borrower must qualify for permanent financing and the debt service coverage must be 1.25 to 1 or more. Qualification for commercial properties can be determined by the loan officer as part of the

 

16


Table of Contents

credit presentation. Absent such prequalification, a construction loan will not be approved by the Company. The Company originates land acquisition and development loans with the source of repayment being either the sale of finished lots or the sale of homes to be constructed on the finished lots. Construction loans are generally offered with terms up to twelve months.

 

Construction loans are generally made in amounts up to 75% of the value of the security property for “spec” single family residences and commercial properties and up to 80% for owner-occupied single family residences. During construction, loan proceeds are disbursed in draws as construction progresses based upon inspections of work in place by independent construction inspectors. At December 31, 2002, the Company had construction loans, including land acquisition and development loans totaling $67.4 million or 20% of the Company’s total loan portfolio.

 

Construction loans are generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan is dependent largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the security property’s value upon completion of construction as compared to the estimated costs of construction, including interest. Also, the Company assumes certain risks associated with the borrower’s ability to complete construction in a timely and workmanlike manner. If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, or if construction is not performed timely or accurately, the Company may be confronted with a project which, when completed, has a value which is insufficient to assure full repayment.

 

Consumer Lending

 

The Company’s portfolio of consumer loans primarily consists of adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit and installment loans secured by new or used automobiles and loans secured by deposit accounts. Unsecured consumer loans are made with a maximum term of three years and a maximum loan amount of $5,000. At December 31, 2002, consumer loans totaled $7.3 million.

 

As of December 31, 2002, home equity loans totaled $3.4 million, or 0.98% of the Company’s gross loan portfolio. The Company’s home equity loans are adjustable-rate and reprice with changes in the Wall Street Journal prime rate. Adjustable-rate home equity lines of credit are offered in amounts up to 75% of the appraised value. Home equity lines of credit are offered with terms up to ten years.

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Lending

 

Up until January 31, 2003, the Company offered adjustable-rate mortgage (“ARM”) loans secured by one- to four-family residences, substantially all of which are owner-occupied, with loan maturities of up to 30 years. The Company’s policy was to originate one- to four-family residential loans in amounts generally up to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or the selling price of the property securing the loan, although this percentage is generally lower and varies depending upon an internal credit rating of the proposed loan and borrower, which is based upon a credit scoring matrix.

 

The majority of the one- to four-family loans originated by the Company were originated to FNMA or FHLMC standards except in the case of certain loans, as to size. Such loans are entered into only when the Company has a firm commitment from a purchaser to acquire the loans prior to settlement. The loans are recorded on the Company’s books for a limited period of two to three days. The Company generally sells these loans into the secondary market without recourse, servicing released. Many of these mortgage loans are the result of earlier interim construction financing by the Company. The Company also originates a limited number of one-to four-family loans in its immediate market area which it retains in its portfolio.

 

The Company’s one- to four-family residential loan portfolio at December 31, 2002, was $16.9 million. As of December 31, 2002, the average loan size for one- to four-family residential loans was $286,000, the average maturity was 13 years, the average interest rate was 6.15%, and the average loan-to-value ratio was 57.9%. The

 

17


Table of Contents

Company discontinued its mortgage banking operation as of January 31, 2003, and therefore the one- to four-family residential loan portfolio will decline from the December 31, 2002 level as the remaining loans are sold or paid in full.

 

Loan Servicing

 

Loans are serviced by the Company’s Note department except for loans secured by single family residences. The loan officer is responsible for the day to day relationship with the customer, unless the loan becomes delinquent, at which time the responsibilities are reassigned to credit administration. The Company outsources loan servicing on loans secured by first trust deeds on single family residences. Loan servicing is centralized at the Company’s corporate headquarters. As of December 31, 2002, the Company was servicing $117.2 million of loans originated by the Company but subsequently sold to other investors.

 

The Company’s loan servicing operations performed by the Note department are intended to provide prompt customer service and accurate and timely information for account follow-up, financial reporting and management review. Following the funding of an approved loan, all pertinent loan data is entered into the Company’s data processing system, which provides monthly billing statements, tracks payment performance, and effects agreed upon interest rate adjustments on loans. Regular loan service efforts include payment processing and collection notices, as well as tracking the performance of additional borrower obligations with respect to the maintenance of casualty insurance coverage, payment of property taxes and senior liens. When payments are not received by their contractual due date, collection efforts begin on the tenth day of delinquency with a telephone contact. If the borrower is non-responsive or the loan officer feels more stringent action may be required, the Chief Credit Officer is consulted. Notices of default are generally filed when the loan has become 30-90 days past due.

 

Credit Risk and Loan Review

 

Credit risk represents the possibility that a customer or counter-party may not perform in accordance with contractual terms. The Company incurs credit risk whenever it extends credit to, or enters into other transactions with, its customers. The risks associated with extensions of credit include general risk, which is inherent in the lending business, and risk specific to individual borrowers. Loan review and other loan monitoring practices provide a means for the Company’s management to ascertain whether proper credit, underwriting and loan documentation policies, procedures and practices are being followed by the Company’s loan officers and are being applied uniformly throughout the Company. Implementation and daily administration of loan review rests with the Chief Credit Officer and the President who approve loan officer requests for changes in risk ratings. Loan officers are responsible for continually grading their loans so that individual credits properly reflect the risk inherent therein. On an annual basis, the Board of Directors provides for a third-party outside loan review of all loans that meet certain criteria originated since the previous review. While the Company continues to review these and other related functional areas, there can be no assurance that the steps the Company has taken to date will be sufficient to enable it to identify, measure, monitor and control all credit risk.

 

Concentrations of Credit

 

The Company’s primary investment is in loans, 84.6% of which are secured by real estate. Therefore, although the Company monitors the real estate loan portfolio on a regular basis to avoid undue concentrations to a single borrower or type of real estate collateral, real estate in general is considered a concentration of investment. The Company seeks to mitigate this risk by requiring each borrower to have a certain amount of equity in the real estate at the time of origination, depending on the type of real estate and the credit quality of the borrower. Trends in the market are monitored closely by management on a regular basis.

 

Under federal law, the Company’s ability to make aggregate loans-to-one-borrower is limited to 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus (as of December 31, 2002, this amount was $5.4 million) plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus if a loan is secured by readily-marketable collateral (defined to include only certain financial instruments and gold bullion).

 

18


Table of Contents

 

Investment Activities

 

The investment policy of the Company, as established by the Board of Directors, attempts to provide for and maintain liquidity, generate a favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, and complement the Company’s lending activities. Specifically, the Company’s policies generally limit investments to government and federal agency-backed securities and other non-government guaranteed securities, including corporate debt obligations, that are investment grade. The Company’s policies provide the authority to invest in mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the U.S. government and agencies thereof. The Company’s policies provide that all investment purchases which individually exceed $2 million, or that are outside the policy guidelines, be approved by the Board of Directors or committee thereof. Purchases and sales under this limitation and within the guidelines of the policies may be done at the discretion of the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Controller. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $21.3 million in U.S. Treasury and agency securities, federal funds sold of $9.7 million, trading securities of $16.1 million and had interest bearing deposits in financial institutions totaling $99,000.

 

The Company has invested in a limited partnership that was formed to develop and operate six properties with a total of 352 affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout the state of California. The Company’s ownership in the limited partnership is 6.4%. The cost of the investment is being amortized on a level-yield method over the life of the related tax credits. The partnership must meet the regulatory requirements for affordable housing for a minimum 15-year compliance period to fully utilize the tax credits. If the partnership ceases to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may be denied for any period in which the projects are not in compliance and a portion of the credits previously taken is subject to recapture with interest.

 

The remaining federal tax credits to be utilized over a multiple-year period are $1.1 million as of December 31, 2002. The Company’s usage of tax credits approximated $5,000 during 2002. Investment amortization amounted to $11,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

The Company has an obligation to purchase $462,000 of additional interests in such investments, which is expected to be made in 2003. The balance of the investment as of December 31, 2002 was $527,000, net.

 

The following table sets forth the carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s held to maturity investment portfolio at the dates indicated.

 

    

At December 31,


    

2002


  

2001


  

2000


    

Amortized Cost


  

Estimated Fair value


  

Amortized Cost


  

Estimated Fair value


  

Amortized Cost


  

Estimated Fair value


    

(dollars in thousands)

U.S. Government agency and other securities

  

$

5,037

  

$

5,191

  

$

6,012

  

$

6,160

  

$

6,220

  

$

6,253

Agency mortgage backed securities

  

 

14,921

  

 

15,089

  

 

3,031

  

 

3,007

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

SBA loan pools

  

 

1,348

  

 

1,351

  

 

1,583

  

 

1,582

  

 

599

  

 

612

    

  

  

  

  

  

Total Securities

  

$

21,306

  

$

21,631

  

$

10,626

  

$

10,749

  

$

6,819

  

$

6,865

    

  

  

  

  

  

 

19


Table of Contents

 

The contractual maturities of securities held to maturity at December 31, 2002 were as follows:

 

      

Amortized Cost


    

Estimated Fair Value


    

Weighted Average Interest Rate


 

Year maturing

    

(dollars in thousands)

        

Due in one year or less

    

$

1,498

    

$

1,536

    

5.90

%

Due greater than one year through five years

    

 

3,004

    

 

3,120

    

5.06

%

Due greater than ten years*

    

 

535

    

 

535

    

2.46

%

      

    

        

Subtotal U.S. Government agencies and other securities

    

 

5,037

    

 

5,191

    

5.03

%

Mortgage backed securities due greater than five years through ten years

    

 

4,630

    

 

4,752

    

3.47

%

Mortgage backed securities due greater than ten years

    

 

10,291

    

 

10,337

    

4.55

%

      

    

        

Subtotal mortgage backed securities

    

 

14,921

    

 

15,089

    

4.22

%

SBA loan pools due greater than ten years

    

 

1,348

    

 

1,351

    

3.04

%

      

    

        

Total

    

$

21,306

    

$

21,631

    

4.40

%

      

    

        

*Note:   Weighted Average Interest Rate is based on a tax equivalent yield.

 

Sources of Funds

 

General

 

Deposits, loan repayments and prepayments, proceeds from the sales of loans, cash flows generated from operations and Federal Reserve borrowings are the primary sources of the Company’s funds for use in lending, investing and for other general purposes.

 

Deposits

 

The Company offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. The Company’s deposits consist of checking accounts, money market accounts, passbook accounts and certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2002, core deposits constituted 62.4% of total deposits. As of December 31, 2002, the average deposit account was $20,000. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. The Company’s deposits are attracted primarily from individuals and small and medium-sized businesses.

 

The Company relies primarily on customer service, aggressive marketing and cross-selling to customers and prospects to attract and retain deposits. However, market interest rates and products, and rates offered by competing financial institutions significantly affect the Company’s ability to grow and retain deposits.

 

In order to develop interest income for the SBA Division, during 2000 and the first half of 2001 the Company began retaining the guaranteed portion of SBA loans until it met certain concentrations of SBA loans (See “BUSINESS—SBA DIVISION” and —“SBA LENDING PROGRAMS”). In order to fund these retained assets, the Company began a program of originating wholesale deposits. While the Company intends to continue funding these loans using wholesale sources of funds, it is management’s intent to expand its retail deposit base through the development of its existing five branch network, and will consider the acquisition of branches of other institutions and/or through the addition of de novo branches as opportunities present themselves, which is expected to reduce the reliance on wholesale deposits as a funding source. There is one additional branch planned for 2003.

 

20


Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the distribution of the Company’s average deposit accounts for the periods indicated and the weighted average interest rates for each category of deposits presented:

 

    

For the Year Ended December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


 
    

Average
Balance


  

Percent of Total Average Deposits


    

Average Rate


    

Average Balance


  

Percent
of Total Average Deposits


    

Average Rate


    

Average Balance


  

Percent
of Total Average Deposits


    

Average Rate


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

MMDA and NOW accounts

  

$

78,683

  

22.84

%

  

1.01

%

  

$

66,961

  

22.96

%

  

2.20

%

  

$

49,287

  

23.36

%

  

2.28

%

Savings accounts

  

 

13,521

  

3.92

%

  

0.69

%

  

 

11,330

  

3.88

%

  

1.92

%

  

 

11,621

  

5.51

%

  

2.67

%

Non-interest-bearing accounts

  

 

45,519

  

13.21

%

  

0.00

%

  

 

33,837

  

11.60

%

  

0.00

%

  

 

30,337

  

14.38

%

  

0.00

%

Time deposits less than $100,000

  

 

81,039

  

23.53

%

  

2.94

%

  

 

82,354

  

28.24

%

  

5.06

%

  

 

64,431

  

30.53

%

  

6.25

%

Time deposits of $100,000 or more

  

 

125,725

  

36.50

%

  

3.13

%

  

 

97,203

  

33.32

%

  

5.52

%

  

 

55,332

  

26.22

%

  

5.97

%

    

                

                

             

Total average deposits

  

$

344,487

  

100.00

%

  

2.09

%

  

$

291,685

  

100.00

%

  

3.85

%

  

$

211,008

  

100.00

%

  

4.15

%

    

                

                

             

 

The following table represents the deposit activity of the Company for the periods indicated:

 

      

For the Years Ended December 31,


      

2002


    

2001


    

2000


      

(dollars in thousands)

Net deposits

    

$

22,869

    

$

69,294

    

$

87,828

Interest credited on deposit accounts

    

 

7,749

    

 

11,343

    

 

7,477

      

    

    

Total increase in deposits

    

$

30,618

    

$

80,637

    

$

95,305

      

    

    

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company had $136.9 million in time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more, consisting of 524 accounts, maturing as follows:

 

Maturity Period


    

Amount


    

Weighted
Average
Rate


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Three months or less

    

$

63,681

    

2.10

%

Greater than Three Months to Six Months

    

 

32,414

    

2.55

%

Greater than Six Months to Twelve Months

    

 

39,764

    

2.42

%

Greater than Twelve Months

    

 

997

    

3.12

%

      

        

Total

    

$

136,856

    

2.31

%

      

        

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2002 the Company had a total of 130 full-time employees and 32 part-time employees. The management of the Company believes that its employee relations are satisfactory.

 

Effect of Governmental Policies and Recent Legislation

 

Banking is a business that depends on rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest rate paid by the Company on its deposits and its other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Company on loans extended to its customers and securities held in the Company’s portfolio comprise the major portion of the Company’s earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Company. Accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Company are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment.

 

21


Table of Contents

 

The commercial banking business is not only affected by general economic conditions but is also influenced by monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combatting recession) by its open-market operations in United States Government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

 

From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial institutions are frequently made in Congress, in the California legislature and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies. For example, legislation has been recently signed into law that, among other things, repeals the statutory restrictions on affiliations between commercial banks and securities firms. See “FINANCIAL MODERNIZATION LEGISLATION” and “SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002.”

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

The Company and the Bank are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. Set forth below is a summary description of certain laws, which relate to the regulation of the Company and the Bank. The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.

 

The Company

 

The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”), and is registered as such with, and subject to the supervision of, the Federal Reserve Board. The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board quarterly and annual reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may conduct examinations of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries.

 

The Company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of the voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect to such acquisition of shares, the Company would own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank. Prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board is also required for the merger or consolidation of the Company and another bank holding company.

 

The Company is prohibited by the Bank Holding Company Act, except in certain statutorily prescribed instances, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging, directly or indirectly, in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiaries. However, the Company may, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, engage in any, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. See discussion under “Financial Modernization Act” below for additional information.

 

The Federal Reserve Board may require that the Company terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest subsidiaries or affiliates when the Federal Reserve Board determines that the activity or the

 

22


Table of Contents

control or the subsidiary or affiliates constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, the Company must file written notice and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities.

 

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe and unsound manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board’s policy that in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations or both.

 

The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and files certain reports and proxy statements pursuant to such Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

 

The Bank

 

The Bank, as a national banking association, is subject to primary supervision, examination and regulation by the Comptroller. If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the Comptroller should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the Comptroller. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound practices,” to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in capital, to restrict the growth of the Bank, to assess civil monetary penalties, and to remove officers and directors. The FDIC has similar enforcement authority, in addition to its authority to terminate a bank’s deposit insurance in the absence of action by the Comptroller and upon a finding that a bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition, is engaging in unsafe or unsound activities, or that its conduct poses a risk to the deposit insurance fund or make prejudice the interest of its depositors. The Bank has never been subject to any such actions by the Comptroller or the FDIC.

 

The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC in the manner and to the extent provided by law. For this protection, the Bank pays a semiannual statutory assessment. The Bank is also subject to certain regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and applicable provisions of California law, insofar as they do not conflict with or are not preempted by federal banking law. Various other requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States and the State of California affect the operations of the Bank. Federal and California statutes and regulations relate to many aspects of the Bank’s operations, including reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, locations of branch offices, capital requirements and disclosure obligations to depositors and borrowers. Further, the Bank is required to maintain certain levels of capital.

 

Capital Standards

 

The Federal Reserve Board and the Comptroller have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar

 

23


Table of Contents

amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk, such as business loans.

 

A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk adjusted assets. The regulators measure risk-adjusted assets, which includes off balance sheet items, against both total qualifying capital (the sum of Tier 1 capital and limited amounts of Tier 2 capital) and Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stock, retained earnings, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (cumulative perpetual preferred stock for bank holding companies) and minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most intangible assets. Tier 2 capital may consist of a limited amount of the allowance for possible loan and lease losses, cumulative preferred stock, long term preferred stock, eligible term subordinated debt and certain other instruments with some characteristics of equity. The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking agencies. The federal banking agencies require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4%.

 

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 3%. For all banking organizations not rated in the highest category, the minimum leverage ratio must be at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, or 4% to 5%. In addition to these uniform risk-based capital guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the regulators have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios. Future changes in regulations or practices could further reduce the amount of capital recognized for purposes of capital adequacy. Such a change could affect the ability of the Company to grow and could restrict the amount of profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends.

 

For information concerning the capital ratios of the Company and the Bank, see ITEM 7 of this report, “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.”

 

Under applicable regulatory guidelines, the Bank was considered “Well Capitalized” as of December 31, 2002.

 

Prompt Corrective Action

 

Federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including but not limited to those institutions that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios described above. An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking agencies, however, may not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized unless its capital ratio actually warrants such treatment.

 

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the imposition of a conservator or receiver, the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially enforced, the

 

24


Table of Contents

termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository institution), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, the issuance of formal and informal agreements, the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties and the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted. Additionally, a holding company’s inability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banking organizations could serve as an additional basis for a regulatory action against the holding company.

 

Premiums for Deposit Insurance

 

Through the Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”), the FDIC insures the deposits of the Bank up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each BIF member institution is based on its relative risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other factors. Specifically, the assessment rate is based on the institution’s capitalization risk category and supervisory subgroup category. An institution’s capitalization risk category is based on the FDIC’s determination of whether the institution is well capitalized, adequately capitalized or less than adequately capitalized. An institution’s supervisory subgroup category is based on the FDIC’s assessment of the financial condition of the institution and the probability that FDIC intervention or other corrective action will be required. The assessment rate currently ranges from zero to 27 cents per $100 of domestic deposits. The FDIC may increase or decrease the assessment rate schedule on a semi-annual basis. An increase in the assessment rate could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s earnings, depending on the amount of the increase. Due to continued growth in deposits and some recent bank failures, the bank insurance fund is nearing its minimum ratio of 1.25% on insured deposits as mandated by law. If the ratio drops below 1.25%, it is likely that the FDIC will be required to assess premiums on all banks for the first time since 1996.

 

The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOA”). The stated goals of the SOA are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.

 

The SOA is the most far-reaching U.S. securities legislation enacted in some time. The SOA generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, (the “Exchange Act”). Given the extensive SEC role in implementing rules relating to many of the SOA’s new requirements, the final scope of some of these requirements remains to be determined.

 

The SOA includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and new corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC. The SOA represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

 

The SOA addresses, among other matters:

 

    the creation of an independent accounting oversight board to oversee the audit of public companies and auditors who perform such audits;

 

25


Table of Contents

 

    audit committees for all reporting companies and expansion of the power of the audit committee, including the requirements that the audit committee: (i) have direct control of the outside auditor; (ii) be able to hire and fire the auditor; and (iii) approve all non-audit services;

 

    auditor independence provisions which restrict non-audit services that independent accountants may provide to their audit clients;

 

    certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;

 

    the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement;

 

    a prohibition on insider trading during pension plan black out periods;

 

    increased protection for whistleblowers and informants;

 

    disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;

 

    expedited filing requirements for ownership reports by officers and directors;

 

    disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code;

 

    “real time” filing of periodic reports; and

 

    various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws.

 

The SOA contains provisions which became effective upon enactment on July 30, 2002, and provisions which will become effective within 30 days to one year from enactment. The SEC has been delegated the task of enacting rules to implement various provisions with respect to, among other matters, disclosure in periodic filings pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

The Company has implemented procedures to comply with the requirements for expanded disclosure of internal controls and the certification of financial statements. A significant portion of the remaining items in the new legislation will become effective during 2003. The Company is currently evaluating what impacts the new legislation and its implementing regulations will have upon its operations, including a likely increase in certain outside professional services.

 

Financial Services Modernization Legislation

 

General.    On November 12, 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “Financial Services Modernization Act”) was signed into law. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to modernize the banking industry by removing barriers to affiliation among banks, insurance companies, the securities industry and other financial service providers. It provides financial organizations with the flexibility of structuring such affiliations through a holding company structure or through a financial subsidiary of a bank, subject to certain limitations. The Financial Services Modernization Act establishes a new type of bank holding company, known as a financial holding company, that may engage in an expanded list of activities that are “financial in nature,” which include securities and insurance brokerage, securities underwriting, insurance underwriting and merchant banking.

 

The Financial Services Modernization Act also sets forth a system of functional regulation that makes the Federal Reserve Board the “umbrella supervisor” for holding companies, while providing for the supervision of the holding company’s subsidiaries by other federal and state agencies. A bank holding company may not become a financial holding company if any of its subsidiary financial institutions are not well-capitalized or well-managed. Further, each bank subsidiary of the holding company must have received at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Financial Services Modernization Act (“CRA”) rating. The Financial Services Modernization Act also expands the types of financial activities a national bank may conduct through a financial

 

26


Table of Contents

subsidiary, addresses state regulation of insurance, generally prohibits unitary thrift holding companies organized after May 4, 1999 from participating in new financial activities, provides privacy protection for nonpublic customer information of financial institutions, modernizes the Federal Home Loan Bank system and makes miscellaneous regulatory improvements. The Federal Reserve Board and the Secretary of the Treasury must coordinate their supervision regarding approval of new financial activities to be conducted through a financial holding company or through a financial subsidiary of a bank. While the provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act regarding activities that may be conducted through a financial subsidiary directly apply only to national banks, those provisions indirectly apply to state-chartered banks.

 

In addition, the Bank is subject to other provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act, including those relating to CRA, privacy and safe-guarding confidential customer information, regardless of whether the Company elects to become a financial holding company or to conduct activities through a financial subsidiary of the Bank. The Company does not, however, currently intend to file notice with the Federal Reserve Board to become a financial holding company or to engage in expanded financial activities through a financial subsidiary of the Bank.

 

The Company and the Bank do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act will have a material adverse effect on their operations in the near-term. However, to the extent that it permits banks, securities firms, and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that the Company and the Bank face from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than the Company and the Bank.

 

USA Patriot Act of 2001

 

In October 2001, the USA Patriot Act of 2001 was enacted in response to the terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington D.C. which occurred on September 11, 2001. The Patriot Act is intended to strengthen U.S. law enforcement’s and the intelligence communities’ abilities to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The potential impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds is significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws and imposes various regulations, including standards for verifying client identification at account opening, and rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering.

 

Transactions between Affiliates

 

Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board has also recently issued Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions.

 

Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the bank’s holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. The Company is considered to be an affiliate of the Bank. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates:

 

    to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and

 

27


Table of Contents

 

    to an amount equal to 20% of the bank’s capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates.

 

In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A “covered transaction” includes:

 

    a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate;

 

    a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate;

 

    a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions;

 

    the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and

 

    the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate.

 

In addition, under Regulation W:

 

    a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate;

 

    covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and

 

    with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit.

 

Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and CRA activities. The CRA generally requires the federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. In addition to substantial penalties and corrective measures that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into account when regulating and supervising other activities.

 

When a bank holding company applies for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will review the assessment of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. A bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations is based on a performance-based evaluation system which bases CRA ratings on an institution’s lending service and investment performance, resulting in a rating by the appropriate bank regulatory agency of “outstanding”, “satisfactory”, “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” At its last examination by the Comptroller, the Bank received a CRA rating of “Satisfactory.”

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) imposes certain specific restrictions on transactions and requires federal banking regulators to adopt overall safety and soundness standards for depository institutions related to internal control, loan underwriting and documentation and asset growth. Among other things, FDICIA limits the interest rates paid on deposits by undercapitalized institutions,

 

28


Table of Contents

restricts the use of brokered deposits, limits the aggregate extensions of credit by a depository institution to an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or related interest, and reduces deposit insurance coverage for deposits offered by undercapitalized institutions for deposits by certain employee benefits accounts. The federal banking agencies may require an institution to submit to an acceptable compliance plan as well as have the flexibility to pursue other more appropriate or effective courses of action given the specific circumstances and severity of an institution’s noncompliance with one or more standards.

 

Factors That May Affect Future Results of Operations

 

In addition to the other information contained in this Report, the following risks may affect the Company. If any of these risks occur, the Company’s business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected.

 

Changes in real estate values or the California economy could affect our operations.    A significant portion of the loan portfolio of the Company is dependent on real estate. At December 31, 2002, real estate served as the principal source of collateral with respect to approximately 84.6 percent of the Company’s loan portfolio. A decline in current economic conditions or rising interest rates could have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real estate and other collateral securing loans and the value of real estate owned by the Company, as well as the Company’s financial condition and results of operations in general and the market value of the Company’s common stock. Acts of nature, including earthquakes and floods, which may cause uninsured damage and other loss of value to real estate that secures these loans, may also negatively impact the Company’s financial condition.

 

Changes in internal and external operating environment could adversely affect the Company’s operating strategies.    From time to time, the Company develops long-term financial performance goals to guide and measure the success of our operating strategies. The Company can make no assurance that we will be successful in achieving these long-term goals or that our operating strategies will be successful. Achieving success in these areas is dependent on a number of factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s direct control. Factors that may adversely affect the Company’s ability to attain its long-term financial performance goals include:

 

    Deterioration of asset quality;

 

    Inability to control non-interest expense, including, but not limited to, rising employee and healthcare costs;

 

    Inability to increase non-interest income

 

    Inability to decrease reliance on revenue generated from assets;

 

    Ability to increase loan growth;

 

    Ability to find acquisitions targets at valuation levels we find attractive;

 

    Regulatory and other impediments associated with making acquisitions;

 

    Deterioration in general economic conditions, especially in the Company’s core markets;

 

    Decreases in the Company’s net interest margin;

 

    Increases in competition

 

    Adverse regulatory or legislative developments; and

 

    Unexpected increase in costs related to acquisitions.

 

Rapid interest rate changes could adversely affect net interest income.    The earnings of the Company and the Bank are substantially affected by changes in prevailing interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect the demand for new loans, the credit profile of existing loans, the rates received on loans and securities and the rates

 

29


Table of Contents

the Company must pay on deposits and borrowings. The difference between the rates the Company receives on loans and securities and the rates it must pay on deposits and borrowings is known as the interest rate spread. Given the Company’s current volume and mix of interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets, the Company’s interest rate spread can be expected to increase when market interest rates are rising, and to decline when market interest rates are declining. The Federal Reserve Board’s decrease in rates during 2001 substantially impacted the Company’s interest rate spread, as such spread for 2001 declined to 4.17% from 5.24% for 2000. Due to the more stable interest rate environment in 2002 combined with the timing of the maturities of Certificates of Deposits, the net interest spread increased from 4.17% in 2001 to 4.41% in 2002. Although the Company believes its current level of interest rate sensitivity is reasonable, significant fluctuations in interest rates may have an adverse impact on the Company’s and the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Competition may adversely affect our performance.    The financial services business in the Company’s market area is highly competitive, and becoming more so due to changes in regulation, technological advances and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service providers. The Company faces competition both in attracting deposits and in making loans. It competes for loans principally through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of the services it provides. Increasing levels of competition in the banking and financial services businesses may reduce the Company’s market share or cause the prices it charges for its services to fall. The Company’s results may differ in future periods depending on the nature or level of competition.

 

We are subject to government regulations that could limit or restrict our activities, which in turn could adversely impact our operations.    The Company and the Bank are subject to government regulation that could limit or restrict their activities, adversely affecting operations. The financial services industry is heavily regulated. Federal and state regulation is designed to protect the deposits of consumers, not to benefit shareholders. The regulations impose significant limitations on operations, and may be changed at any time to impose significant new limitations, possibly causing the Company’s results to vary significantly from past results. Government policy and regulation, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve Board, significantly affects credit conditions for the Company.

 

In response to several well-publicized corporate and auditing scandals, the President signed the Sarbanes-Oxley Act into law on July 29, 2002. This act calls for increased federal regulation of the accounting profession and imposes new requirements upon boards of directors, audit committees and executive officers of public companies. These requirements will likely increase the accounting and legal costs of the Company. A number of the requirements of the Act are still subject to the finalization of administrative rule making by the SEC. As a public company whose securities on listed on the Nasdaq national market, the Company will be subject to all of these provisions of the Act and implementing regulations as well as additional corporate governance standards which Nasdaq has proposed for adoption.

 

If the federal government fails to maintain or fund the SBA lending program, it would have an adverse impact on our performance.    SBA lending is a federal government created and administered program. As such, legislative and regulatory developments can affect the availability and funding of the program. This dependence on legislative funding and regulatory restrictions from time to time causes limitations and uncertainties with regard to the continued funding of such loans, with a resulting potential adverse financial impact on the Company’s business. For example, during late 2002 and early 2003 the maximum limit of individual 7a loans which the SBA would permit was substantially reduced to $500,000. This reduction in loan amount, which was in place for only a few months and which has now been removed, could have, had it remained in place for a longer period of time, had a negative impact on the Company’s business. Since the SBA Division of the Company constitutes a significant portion of the Company’s lending business, this dependence on this government program and its periodic uncertainty with availability and amounts of funding creates greater risk for the Company’s business than does other parts of its business.

 

30


Table of Contents

 

If a significant number of borrowers, guarantors and related parties fail to perform as required by the terms of their loans, we will sustain losses.    A significant number of the Company’s borrowers and guarantors may fail to perform their obligations as required by the terms of their loans, resulting in losses for the Company. This risk increases when the economy is weak, as it has been recently. The Company has adopted underwriting and credit policies, and loan monitoring procedures, including the establishment and monitoring of allowances for credit losses. Management believes these provisions are reasonable and adequate, and should keep credit losses within expected limits by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and diversifying the credit portfolio. However, these policies and procedures may not be adequate to prevent unexpected losses that could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

 

We are subject to risk in the normal course of operations, which could adversely impact our operations.    The Company is subject to certain operations risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors, customer or employee fraud and catastrophic failures resulting from terrorist acts or natural disasters. The Company maintains a system of internal controls to mitigate against such occurrences and maintains insurance coverage for such risks that are insurable, but should such an event occur that is not prevented or detected by the Company’s internal controls, uninsured or in excess of applicable insurance limits, it could have a significant adverse impact on the Company’s business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Changes in the San Diego County’s economy could affect our earnings due to geographic concentration.    The Company’s operations are largely concentrated in San Diego County, California. As a result of this geographic concentration, the Company’s results depend largely upon economic and business conditions in this region. A deterioration in economic and business conditions in this market area could have a material adverse impact on the quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and the demand for the Company’s products and services, which in turn may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations.

 

The effects of the war on terrorism could impact the economy, deposit levels, cash flows, and the overall environment in which we operate, which could in turn affect our earnings.    The terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001 and ensuing worldwide war on terrorism may lead to unexpected shifts in cash flows, deposit levels, and general economic activity. US banking agencies have warned of the possible impact of such events on the capital ratios of banks and bank holding companies.

 

The restrictions on the Bank subsidiary to pay dividends to the holding company could impact the holding company’s ability to meet its obligations.    As a holding company, a substantial portion of the Company’s cash flow typically comes from dividends from the Bank. Various statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends the Bank can pay to the Company without regulatory approval.

 

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

 

The Company occupies a permanent 32,148 square foot headquarters facility located at 900 Canterbury Place, Escondido, California. The Escondido branch was relocated to this building at the same time and occupies approximates 4,510 square feet of this facility. The building replaced administrative office space located in Fallbrook, although the Company continues to maintain and operate the existing Fallbrook branch, as well as a loan production office near the branch. The Company relocated to this new facility in March 2002. As part of this process, the Company terminated its lease on 7,900 square feet of space located near the Fallbrook branch, as well as the Company’s original 1,770 square foot Escondido branch, which opened in April 2001, and the 3,637 square foot additional administrative space in Fallbrook. The Company has subleased approximately 5,076 square feet of the new facility to third party tenants. There were no lease termination penalties involved in the termination of the leases, as they were terminated at maturity.

 

The Fallbrook branch and former Company headquarters is located at 130 West Fallbrook Street, Fallbrook, California. The purchase price for this branch was approximately $550,000 for the land, building and improvements. The building has approximately 4,000 square feet. The Bank also leases approximately 1,300

 

31


Table of Contents

square feet in a building across the parking lot from the branch to house a loan production office. The lease expires on March 31, 2007.

 

On March 24, 1997, the Bank relocated its Temecula branch office to 27541 Ynez Road, Temecula, California. The office contains approximately 6,338 square feet and is leased pursuant to a lease expiring in March 2007. On August 4, 1998, the Bank opened a branch office located at 1690 S. Melrose Drive, Vista, California. This office contains approximately 5,700 square feet and is leased pursuant to a lease expiring on June 3, 2008. On April 2, 2001, the Bank opened a branch office located at 1320 West Valley Parkway, Suite 306, Escondido, California. This office contained approximately 1,770 square feet and was leased pursuant to a lease that expired on April 30, 2002. As noted above, the Escondido office was relocated to the Corporate Headquarters facility in March 2002. On December 17, 2001, the Bank opened a branch office located at 5256 South Mission Road, Suite 1001, Bonsall, California. This office contains approximately 2,652 square feet and is leased pursuant to a lease expiring on December 31, 2006. The Bank also maintains loan production offices in leased premises at 1440 No. Harbor Blvd., Suite 800-38, Fullerton, California; 920 Hampshire Road, Suite A-11, Westlake Village, California; 1100 Melody Lane, Suite 216, Roseville, California; 17011 Beach Blvd., Suite 900, Huntington Beach, California and 811 No. Central Ave., Glendale, California. The Bank also leased some additional office space in Fallbrook to house administrative and lending personnel, which was terminated as of March 31, 2002. The branch offices and the additional offices are considered adequate for the Bank’s current needs. The Bank’s rental expense for 2002 was $862,000. See Note 13 of the Company’s financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for certain additional information concerning the amount of the Bank’s lease commitments.

 

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

The Company is, from time to time, subject to various pending and threatened legal actions which arise out of the normal course of its business. The Company is not a party to any pending legal or administrative proceedings (other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the Company’s business) and no such proceedings are known to be contemplated.

 

There are no material proceedings adverse to the Company to which any director, officer, affiliate of the Company or 5% shareholder of the Company, or any associate of any such director, officer, affiliate or 5% shareholder of the Company is a party, and none of the above persons has a material interest adverse to the Company.

 

ITEM 4.    SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2002.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

 

Market Information

 

The Company’s Common stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CMBC”.

 

The information in the following table indicates for each quarterly period during the last two years the high and low closing sale prices of the Company’s common stock. Prices do not include retail mark-ups, markdowns or commission. The information has been adjusted to reflect the 5% stock dividends in the fourth quarters of 2001 and 2002.

 

Quarter Ended


    

Closing Prices


2001


    

Low


    

High


March 31

    

$

6.122

    

$

7.370

June 30

    

$

5.723

    

$

7.370

September 30

    

$

5.669

    

$

7.166

December 31

    

$

5.370

    

$

6.667

Quarter Ended


    

Closing Prices


2002


    

Low


    

High


March 31

    

$

6.190

    

$

7.619

June 30

    

$

6.905

    

$

7.857

September 30

    

$

7.476

    

$

9.190

December 31

    

$

6.562

    

$

8.343

 

Holders

 

As of February 14, 2003, there were approximately 364 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock, and approximately 973 beneficial shareholders, including the shareholders of record. There are no other classes of common equity outstanding.

 

Dividends

 

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Company’s shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by its Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefore, subject to the restrictions set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “Corporation Law”). The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may dividend out of any surplus, and, if it has no surplus, out of any net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend was declared or for the preceding fiscal year (provided that the payment will not reduce capital below the amount of capital represented by all classes of shares having a preference upon the distribution of assets).

 

There were no cash dividends paid by the Company during 2002, 2001 or 2000.

 

The Company declared a five percent (5%) stock dividend to shareholders of record as of November 15, 2000, which was paid on November 30, 2000. The Company declared a five percent (5%) stock dividend to shareholders of record as of November 15, 2001, which was paid on November 30, 2001. The Company declared a five percent (5%) stock dividend to shareholders of record as of November 15, 2002, which was paid on November 29, 2002. Whether or not stock dividends or any cash dividends will be paid in the future will be

 

33


Table of Contents

determined by the Board of Directors after consideration of various factors. The Company’s and the Bank’s profitability and regulatory capital ratios in addition to other financial conditions will be key factors considered by the Board of Directors in making such determinations regarding the payment of dividends.

 

On June 28, 2001, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank pursuant to which the Company can borrow up to $2.0 million on a revolving line of credit. The Company borrowed $1.0 million on June 29, 2001, and the proceeds of such loan were invested by the Company in the Bank in the form of equity capital. On June 13, 2002, the Company borrowed and additional $1.0 million on the loan, bringing the outstanding balance to $2.0 million. The loan documents require the Company to obtain the prior consent of Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank before paying any cash dividend.

 

The availability of operating funds for the Company and the ability of the Company to pay a cash dividend depends largely on the Bank’s ability to pay a cash dividend to the Company. The payment of cash dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the National Bank Act. In general, dividends may not be paid from any of the Bank’s capital. Dividends must be paid out of available net profits, after deduction of all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes. Additionally, a national bank is prohibited from declaring a dividend on its shares of common stock until its surplus fund equals its common capital, or, if its surplus fund does not equal its common capital, until at least one-tenth of such bank’s net profits, for the preceding half year in the case of quarterly or semi-annual dividends, or the preceding two half-years in the case of an annual dividend, are transferred to its surplus fund each time dividends are declared. The approval of the Comptroller is required if the total of all dividends declared by a national bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the two preceding years, less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. Furthermore, the Comptroller also has authority to prohibit the payment of dividends by a national bank when it determines such payment to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

 

Additionally, bank regulatory agencies have authority to prohibit banks from engaging in activities that, in their respective opinions, constitute unsafe and unsound practices in conducting its business. It is possible, depending upon the financial condition of the bank in question and other factors, that the bank regulatory agencies could assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might, under some circumstances, be an unsafe or unsound practice. Further, the bank regulatory agencies have established guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by banks or bank holding companies under their jurisdiction. Compliance with the standards set forth in such guidelines and the restrictions that are or may be imposed under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law could limit the amount of dividends which the Bank may pay.

 

34


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Community Bancorp Inc.

 

   

2002


   

2001


   

2000


   

1999


   

1998


 
   

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31:

                                       

Interest income

 

$

24,815

 

 

$

25,205

 

 

$

21,176

 

 

$

12,825

 

 

$

10,953

 

Interest expense

 

 

8,695

 

 

 

12,481

 

 

 

9,806

 

 

 

4,281

 

 

 

3,740

 

   


 


 


 


 


Net interest income

 

 

16,120

 

 

 

12,724

 

 

 

11,370

 

 

 

8,544

 

 

 

7,213

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

1,561

 

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

965

 

 

 

385

 

 

 

538

 

   


 


 


 


 


Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

14,559

 

 

 

11,254

 

 

 

10,405

 

 

 

8,159

 

 

 

6,675

 

Other operating income

 

 

6,501

 

 

 

2,946

 

 

 

2,178

 

 

 

5,576

 

 

 

3,877

 

Other operating expense

 

 

15,921

 

 

 

12,315

 

 

 

10,930

 

 

 

11,284

 

 

 

8,410

 

   


 


 


 


 


Income before income taxes

 

 

5,139

 

 

 

1,885

 

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

2,451

 

 

 

2,142

 

Income taxes

 

 

2,133

 

 

 

783

 

 

 

652

 

 

 

900

 

 

 

885

 

   


 


 


 


 


Net income

 

$

3,006

 

 

$

1,102

 

 

$

1,001

 

 

$

1,551

 

 

$

1,257

 

   


 


 


 


 


Per share:

                                       

Net income—basic

 

$

0.86

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.56

 

 

$

0.46

 

Net income—diluted

 

$

0.84

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

0.35

 

 

$

0.55

 

 

$

0.45

 

Weighted average shares for Basic E.P.S. calculation

 

 

3,491,028

 

 

 

3,041,191

 

 

 

2,809,670

 

 

 

2,779,609

 

 

 

2,745,379

 

Weighted average shares for Diluted E.P.S. calculation

 

 

3,599,086

 

 

 

3,122,974

 

 

 

2,861,683

 

 

 

2,842,589

 

 

 

2,821,891

 

Cash dividends

 

$

—  

 

 

$

—  

 

 

$

—  

 

 

$

—  

 

 

$

0.10

 

Book value at year-end (adjusted for stock dividends)

 

$

5.81

 

 

$

4.75

 

 

$

4.16

 

 

$

3.86

 

 

$

3.43

 

Ending shares (adjusted for stock dividends)

 

 

3,542,307

 

 

 

3,477,065

 

 

 

2,944,274

 

 

 

2,937,034

 

 

 

2,786,533

 

Period Averages:

                                       

Total Assets

 

$

392,034

 

 

$

322,753

 

 

$

235,084

 

 

$

152,798

 

 

$

121,253

 

Total Loans

 

$

324,627

 

 

$

271,433

 

 

$

197,938

 

 

$

121,926

 

 

$

92,312

 

Total Earning Assets

 

$

366,330

 

 

$

304,691

 

 

$

218,593

 

 

$

137,229

 

 

$

110,385

 

Total Deposits

 

$

344,487

 

 

$

291,685

 

 

$

211,008

 

 

$

138,343

 

 

$

110,380

 

Common Equity

 

$

18,792

 

 

$

14,143

 

 

$

11,609

 

 

$

10,126

 

 

$

8,813

 

At December 31,

                                       

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

22,656

 

 

$

38,946

 

 

$

17,830

 

 

$

15,376

 

 

$

16,314

 

Investments and other securities

 

 

39,029

 

 

 

12,287

 

 

 

8,034

 

 

 

7,763

 

 

 

2,608

 

Loans, net of fees, costs and discounts

 

 

343,416

 

 

 

308,474

 

 

 

247,425

 

 

 

145,521

 

 

 

109,701

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(3,945

)

 

 

(2,788

)

 

 

(1,988

)

 

 

(1,119

)

 

 

(911

)

Other assets

 

 

14,542

 

 

 

13,304

 

 

 

9,395

 

 

 

8,440

 

 

 

8,592

 

   


 


 


 


 


Total Assets

 

$

415,698

 

 

$

370,223

 

 

$

280,696

 

 

$

175,981

 

 

$

136,304

 

   


 


 


 


 


Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

51,438

 

 

$

38,258

 

 

$

33,326

 

 

$

27,597

 

 

$

20,407

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

 

312,514

 

 

 

295,076

 

 

 

219,371

 

 

 

129,795

 

 

 

102,869

 

Other borrowings

 

 

25,500

 

 

 

15,813

 

 

 

10,916

 

 

 

3,971

 

 

 

1,000

 

Reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit

 

 

174

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

238

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

81

 

Other liabilities

 

 

5,499

 

 

 

4,290

 

 

 

4,609

 

 

 

3,073

 

 

 

2,401

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

20,573

 

 

 

16,501

 

 

 

12,236

 

 

 

11,337

 

 

 

9,546

 

   


 


 


 


 


Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ equity

 

$

415,698

 

 

$

370,223

 

 

$

280,696

 

 

$

175,981

 

 

$

136,304

 

   


 


 


 


 


 

35


Table of Contents

 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Community Bancorp Inc. (continued)

 

    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


    

1998


 
    

(In thousands)

 

Asset Quality

                                            

Non-accrual loans

  

$

2,254

 

  

$

3,174

 

  

$

57

 

  

$

1,809

 

  

$

969

 

Troubled debt restructuring

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

723

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

  

 

—  

 

  

 

29

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

Other real estate owned

  

 

—  

 

  

 

1,900

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

203

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total non performing assets

  

$

2,254

 

  

$

5,103

 

  

$

57

 

  

$

1,809

 

  

$

1,895

 

    


  


  


  


  


Memo: Government guaranteed portion of:

                                            

Non performing loans

  

$

1,603

 

  

$

2,063

 

  

$

20

 

  

$

1,395

 

  

$

293

 

Total gross loans

  

$

32,066

 

  

$

48,598

 

  

$

35,058

 

  

$

5,952

 

  

$

293

 

Financial Ratios

                                            

For the year:

                                            

Return on average assets

  

 

0.77

%

  

 

0.34

%

  

 

0.43

%

  

 

1.02

%

  

 

1.04

%

Return on average equity

  

 

16.00

%

  

 

7.79

%

  

 

8.62

%

  

 

15.32

%

  

 

14.26

%

Net interest margin

  

 

4.40

%

  

 

4.18

%

  

 

5.20

%

  

 

6.23

%

  

 

6.53

%

Net loan losses to average loans

  

 

0.19

%

  

 

0.23

%

  

 

0.03

%

  

 

0.04

%

  

 

0.21

%

Efficiency ratio

  

 

70.25

%

  

 

78.59

%

  

 

81.32

%

  

 

77.35

%

  

 

75.83

%

At December 31:

                                            

Holding Company Equity to Assets

  

 

4.95

%

  

 

4.46

%

  

 

4.36

%

  

 

6.44

%

  

 

7.00

%

Holding Company Regulatory Ratios

                                            

Equity to average assets (leverage ratio)

  

 

6.80

%

  

 

6.18

%

  

 

5.88

%

  

 

6.67

%

  

 

6.61

%

Tier One capital to risk-adjusted assets

  

 

7.88

%

  

 

7.65

%

  

 

7.12

%

  

 

7.78

%

  

 

7.98

%

Total capital to risk-adjusted assets

  

 

9.99

%

  

 

10.30

%

  

 

10.68

%

  

 

8.71

%

  

 

8.86

%

Bank Subsidiary Regulatory Ratios

                                            

Equity to average assets (leverage ratio)

  

 

7.95

%

  

 

7.94

%

  

 

8.53

%

  

 

8.50

%

  

 

6.61

%

Tier One capital to risk-adjusted assets

  

 

9.21

%

  

 

9.82

%

  

 

9.76

%

  

 

9.94

%

  

 

7.98

%

Total capital to risk-adjusted assets

  

 

10.40

%

  

 

10.89

%

  

 

10.75

%

  

 

10.87

%

  

 

8.86

%

Loan loss allowance to loans, gross

  

 

1.14

%

  

 

0.90

%

  

 

0.80

%

  

 

0.77

%

  

 

0.81

%

Loan loss allowance to loans held for investment, net of government guarantees

  

 

1.53

%

  

 

1.25

%

  

 

1.00

%

  

 

0.82

%

  

 

0.86

%

Loan loss allowance, including reserves for undisbursed loans, to loans, gross

  

 

1.19

%

  

 

1.00

%

  

 

0.90

%

  

 

0.91

%

  

 

0.88

%

Non-accrual loans to total loans, gross

  

 

0.65

%

  

 

1.03

%

  

 

0.02

%

  

 

1.24

%

  

 

0.86

%

Non performing assets to total assets

  

 

0.54

%

  

 

1.38

%

  

 

0.02

%

  

 

1.03

%

  

 

1.39

%

Allowance for loan losses to non accrual loans

  

 

175

%

  

 

88

%

  

 

3488

%

  

 

62

%

  

 

94

%

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Forward-looking Information

 

Certain statements contained in this Report, including, without limitation, statements containing the words “believes”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “expects”, and words of similar import, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such forward looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: general economic and business conditions in those

 

36


Table of Contents

areas in which the Company operates, demographic changes, competition, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in business strategy or development plans, changes in governmental regulation, credit quality, the availability of capital to fund the expansion of the Company’s business, economic, political and global changes arising from the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001, the potential conflict in Iraq and their aftermath, and other factors referenced in this report, including in “ITEM 1. BUSINESS—FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.” When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to the Company, investors and others are cautioned to consider these and other risks and uncertainties. The Company disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events or developments.

 

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this report.

 

Overview

 

Community Bancorp Inc. became the parent of Community National Bank on June 25, 1999. Community National Bank, formerly Fallbrook National Bank, (the “Bank”) commenced operations in 1985 and has focused primarily on providing commercial banking products and services to small and mid-sized businesses in its primary market area. In the early 1990’s the Bank began its SBA lending program. The Bank is currently a “Preferred Lender” with the SBA in California.

 

On June 25, 1999, the Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of Community Bancorp Inc. (the “Company”) through a holding company reorganization, where each share of Bank stock was exchanged for a share of Company stock on a one for one basis. The reorganization was accounted for on a basis similar to the pooling of interest method, resulting in a tax free exchange. No additional equity was issued as part of this transaction. In the consolidated financial statements and footnotes presented herein, references to the Bank are references to Community National Bank. References to the Company are references to Community Bancorp Inc. (including the Bank), except for periods prior to June 25, 1999, in which case, references to the Company are references to the Bank.

 

The Company’s primary market area is northern San Diego County consisting of the communities of Bonsall/Fallbrook, Escondido, Vista, and southwestern Riverside County consisting of the community of Temecula. As of 2000, the most recent census data available, the populations of Bonsall/Fallbrook, Escondido, Temecula and Vista were approximately 43,000, 134,000, 67,000 and 86,000, respectively. The average household incomes for Bonsall/Fallbrook, Escondido, Temecula and Vista were approximately $38,000, $43,000, $62,000 and, $44,000, respectively, as of 2000. The population growth rate for the northern San Diego County and Southwestern Riverside Counties was approximately 18% and 12% per annum, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company had total assets of $415.7 million, total loans, net, of $339.5 million and total deposits of $364.0 million.

 

Results of Operations

 

Net Income

 

Net income was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $1.1 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Basic earnings per share were $0.86, $0.36 and $0.36 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Diluted earnings per share were $0.84, $0.35 and $0.35 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Earnings per share for 2001 and 2000 have been adjusted for the effects of the stock dividends in 2002, 2001 and 2000.

 

37


Table of Contents

 

The return on average equity (“ROAE”) was 16.00% for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to 7.79% for the year ended December 31, 2001, and 8.62% for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in ROAE from 2001 to 2002 was due to the significant increase in net income noted above. The decrease in ROAE from 2000 to 2001 is a result of the $3.0 million in capital raised through the issuance of common stock in a private placement. The return on average assets (“ROAA”) for the year ended December 31, 2002 was 0.77% compared with 0.34% for the year ended December 31, 2001 and 0.43% for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in the ROAA from 2001 to 2002 was due to the substantial increase in other operating income combined with an improved net interest margin. The decrease in ROAA from 2000 to 2001 was due to the 32% growth in total assets in 2001. Earnings did not increase relative to asset growth in 2001 due to the decline in the net interest margin noted below.

 

Interest income

 

Net Interest Income

 

Net interest income is the most significant component of the Company’s income from operations. Net interest income is the difference (the “interest rate spread”) between the gross interest and fees earned on the loan and investment portfolios and the interest paid on deposits and other borrowings. Net interest income depends on the volume of, and interest rate earned on, interest earning assets and the volume of, and interest rate paid on, interest bearing liabilities.

 

Net interest income before provision for estimated loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $16.1 million compared to $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and was $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase in 2002 was primarily due to the increase in the average interest earning assets, combined with an increase in the net interest margin. Average interest earning assets were $366.6 million with a net interest margin of 4.40% for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $304.7 million with a net interest margin of 4.18% for the year ended December 31, 2001, and $218.6 million with a margin of 5.20% for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in net interest margin is the result of the decline in cost of liabilities in 2002 being greater than the decline in yield on interest earning assets. The yield on interest earning assets declined 1.50% to 6.77% for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to 8.27% for the year ended December 31, 2001 and was 9.69% for the year ended December 31, 2000. The cost of liabilities declined 1.74% to 2.36% for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to 4.10% for the year ended December 31, 2001 and was 4.45% for the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

38


Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth a summary of average balances with corresponding interest income and interest expense as well as average yield and cost information for the periods presented. Average balances are derived from daily balances, and nonaccrual loans are included as interest bearing loans for the purpose of this table.

 

   

For the Years Ended December 31,


 
   

2002


   

2001


   

2000


 
   

Average Balance


  

Interest Earned/Paid


  

Average Rate/Yield


   

Average Balance


  

Interest Earned/Paid


  

Average Rate/Yield


   

Average Balance


  

Interest Earned/Paid


  

Average Rate/Yield


 
   

(dollars in thousands)

 

Average assets:

                                                           

Securities and time deposits at other banks

 

$

25,417

  

$

1,226

  

4.82

%

 

$

7,937

  

$

492

  

6.20

%

 

$

7,865

  

$

455

  

5.79

%

Fed funds sold

 

 

16,286

  

 

267

  

1.64

%

 

 

25,321

  

 

900

  

3.55

%

 

 

12,790

  

 

788

  

6.16

%

Loans:

                                                           

Commercial

 

 

137,495

  

 

9,373

  

6.82

%

 

 

116,688

  

 

9,495

  

8.14

%

 

 

84,445

  

 

8,316

  

9.85

%

Real Estate

 

 

180,022

  

 

13,386

  

7.44

%

 

 

147,160

  

 

13,676

  

9.29

%

 

 

103,818

  

 

10,926

  

10.52

%

Consumer

 

 

7,110

  

 

563

  

7.92

%

 

 

7,585

  

 

642

  

8.46

%

 

 

9,675

  

 

691

  

7.14

%

   

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total loans

 

 

324,627

  

 

23,322

  

7.18

%

 

 

271,433

  

 

23,813

  

8.77

%

 

 

197,938

  

 

19,933

  

10.07

%

   

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total earning assets

 

 

366,330

  

 

24,815

  

6.77

%

 

 

304,691

  

 

25,205

  

8.27

%

 

 

218,593

  

 

21,176

  

9.69

%

Non earning assets

 

 

25,704

               

 

18,062

               

 

16,491

             
   

               

               

             

Total average assets

 

$

392,034

               

$

322,753

               

$

235,084

             
   

               

               

             

Average liabilities and shareholders’ equity:

                                                           

Interest bearing deposits:

                                                           

Savings and interest bearing accounts

 

$

92,204

  

 

890

  

0.97

%

 

$

78,291

  

 

1,689

  

2.16

%

 

$

60,908

  

 

1,434

  

2.35

%

Time deposits

 

 

206,764

  

 

6,324

  

3.06

%

 

 

179,557

  

 

9,539

  

5.31

%

 

 

119,763

  

 

7,333

  

6.12

%

   

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total interest bearing deposits

 

 

298,968

  

 

7,214

  

2.41

%

 

 

257,848

  

 

11,228

  

4.35

%

 

 

180,671

  

 

8,767

  

4.85

%

Demand deposits

 

 

45,519

  

 

—  

  

0.00

%

 

 

33,837

  

 

—  

  

0.00

%

 

 

30,337

  

 

—  

  

0.00

%

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

10,000

  

 

1,097

  

10.97

%

 

 

10,000

  

 

1,112

  

11.12

%

 

 

7,705

  

 

867

  

11.25

%

Other borrowings

 

 

14,161

  

 

384

  

2.71

%

 

 

2,567

  

 

141

  

5.49

%

 

 

1,661

  

 

172

  

10.36

%

   

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total interest bearing liabilities

 

 

368,648

  

 

8,695

  

2.36

%

 

 

304,252

  

 

12,481

  

4.10

%

 

 

220,374

  

 

9,806

  

4.45

%

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

4,594

               

 

4,358

               

 

3,101

             

Net shareholders’ equity

 

 

18,792

               

 

14,143

               

 

11,609

             
   

               

               

             

Total average liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$

392,034

               

$

322,753

               

$

235,084

             
   

               

               

             

Net interest spread

               

4.41

%

               

4.17

%

               

5.24

%

Net interest income

        

$

16,120

               

$

12,724

               

$

11,370

      
          

               

               

      

Net yield on interest-earning assets

               

4.40

%

               

4.18

%

               

5.20

%

 

39


Table of Contents

 

The table below sets forth certain information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense of the Company for the periods indicated. For each category of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to: (i) changes in volume (change in average volume multiplied by old rate); (ii) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by old average volume); (iii) changes in rate-volume (change in rate multiplied by the change in average volume). Changes due to both rate and volume are allocated to rate.

 

    

For the Years Ended December 31,


 
    

2002 vs. 2001


    

2001 vs. 2000


 
    

Volume


    

Rate


    

Total


    

Volume


    

Rate


    

Total


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Earning assets:

                                                     

Securities and time deposits at other banks

  

$

1,084

 

  

$

(350

)

  

$

734

 

  

$

4

 

  

$

33

 

  

$

37

 

Federal funds sold

  

 

(321

)

  

 

(312

)

  

 

(633

)

  

 

772

 

  

 

(660

)

  

 

112

 

Loans:

                                                     

Commercial

  

 

1,694

 

  

 

(1,816

)

  

 

(122

)

  

 

3,176

 

  

 

(1,997

)

  

 

1,179

 

Real Estate

  

 

3,053

 

  

 

(3,343

)

  

 

(290

)

  

 

4,560

 

  

 

(1,810

)

  

 

2,750

 

Consumer

  

 

(40

)

  

 

(39

)

  

 

(79

)

  

 

(149

)

  

 

100

 

  

 

(49

)

    


  


  


  


  


  


Total loans

  

 

4,707

 

  

 

(5,198

)

  

 

(491

)

  

 

7,587

 

  

 

(3,707

)

  

 

3,880

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


Total earning assets

  

 

5,470

 

  

 

(5,860

)

  

 

(390

)

  

 

8,363

 

  

 

(4,334

)

  

 

4,029

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

                                                     

Interest bearing deposits:

                                                     

Savings and interest bearing accounts

  

 

301

 

  

 

(1,100

)

  

 

(799

)

  

 

409

 

  

 

(154

)

  

 

255

 

Time deposits

  

 

1,445

 

  

 

(4,660

)

  

 

(3,215

)

  

 

3,659

 

  

 

(1,453

)

  

 

2,206

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


Total interest bearing deposits

  

 

1,746

 

  

 

(5,760

)

  

 

(4,014

)

  

 

4,068

 

  

 

(1,607

)

  

 

2,461

 

Trust Preferred Securities

  

 

868

 

  

 

(883

)

  

 

(15

)

  

 

868

 

  

 

(623

)

  

 

245

 

Other borrowings

  

 

637

 

  

 

(394

)

  

 

243

 

  

 

(97

)

  

 

66

 

  

 

(31

)

    


  


  


  


  


  


Total interest bearing liabilities

  

 

3,251

 

  

 

(7,037

)

  

 

(3,786

)

  

 

4,839

 

  

 

(2,164

)

  

 

2,675

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


Change in net interest income

  

$

2,219

 

  

$

1,177

 

  

$

3,396

 

  

$

3,524

 

  

$

(2,170

)

  

$

1,354

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


 

Interest Income

 

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased to $24.8 million, compared to $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and was $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in yield on interest earning assets, partially offset by an increase in the average balance of interest earning assets. The yield on interest earning assets decreased to 6.77% for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to 8.27% for the year ended December 31, 2001 and was 9.69% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Average interest earning assets increased to $366.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $304.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, and were $218.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The largest single component of interest earning assets was real estate loans receivable, which had an average balance of $180.0 million with a yield of 7.44% for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $147.2 million with a yield of 9.29% for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $103.8 million with a yield of 10.52% for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in the average balance of real estate loans receivable was attributable to the expansion of the Company as part of the Company’s strategic plan. The decline in yield on loans was due to the 4.75% decline in interest rates in 2001. Approximately 75% of the Company’s loans have a variable rate tied to prime, which reprice either daily or at the beginning of the subsequent quarter following a rate change.

 

40


Table of Contents

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased to $8.7 million compared to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, and was $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The decrease was due to the 1.74% decrease in cost of liabilities, partially offset by an increase in average liabilities. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased to $366.6 million with a cost of 2.36% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $304.3 million with a cost of 4.10% for the year ended December 31, 2001 and were $220.4 million with a cost of 4.45% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Average time deposits increased to $206.8 million with a cost of 3.06% for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $179.6 million with a cost of 5.31% for the year ended December 31, 2001, and were $119.8 million with a cost of 6.12% for the year ended December 31, 2000. The decrease in the average rate for 2002 when compared with 2001 is due to the 4.75% decline in the prime rate, and therefore market rates, during 2001, combined with the effects of the longer maturities in the time deposit portfolio. The average term of a time deposit at December 31, 2001 was ten months, and therefore, on average, it takes ten months for the portfolio to react to changes in interest rates. The interest rate changes in 2001 occurred throughout the entire year, and therefore most of the repricing in the time deposit portfolio did not occur until 2002. In addition, beginning in 2000, wholesale CDs were utilized to fund the SBA guaranteed portions of loans retained, as well as loans held for sale. Wholesale CDs increased to $81.7 million as of December 31, 2001 compared to $50.4 million as of December 31, 2000. As the retail banking operation has expanded with the addition of two branches in 2001, the Company’s reliance on wholesale deposits has diminished. Wholesale deposits decreased from $81.7 million as of December 31, 2001 to $63.7 million as of December 31, 2002. Further decreases in wholesale deposits are anticipated to occur as the retail banking operation expands through internal growth and the addition of a new branch office in 2003.

 

In March, 2000, the Company’s subsidiary, Community (CA) Capital Trust I, issued $10.0 million of 11.0% Fixed Rate Capital Trust Pass-through Securities (“TRUPS-Registered Trademark-”), with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The Company used the proceeds to pay off $3.2 million in borrowed funds, and contributed an additional $5.8 million to the Bank. In December 2002, the Company entered into an interest rate swap to hedge the $10.0 million of 11.0% fixed rate securities issued. The terms of the swap are identical to the trust, except for the fact that the Company receives from the counterparty a fixed rate of interest at 11% on a $10.0 million notional amount, and pays a variable rate of interest to the counterparty at a rate of 6 month Libor plus 5.455%. The two amounts are netted together on the payment dates with the net difference being paid either to the Company or the counterparty, as appropriate. The swap is being treated as a hedge for accounting purposes. While there was minimal impact to the interest expense in 2002, the Company expects, based on the current Libor rate of 1.34% as of February 21, 2003, to receive a significant credit against interest expense in 2003, assuming interest rates remain at current levels throughout the entire year. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS— INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY.”

 

The Company utilizes various credit lines and FHLB advances for liquidity purposes. The credit lines are priced at a margin over prime, while the FHLB advances are priced on a transaction by transaction basis. Average other borrowings increased to $14.2 million with a cost of 2.71% for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $2.6 million with a cost of 5.49% for the year ended December 31, 2001 and were $1.7 million with a cost of 10.36% for the year ended December 31, 2000. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—LIQUIDITY AND— INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY.”

 

Provision for Estimated Loan Losses

 

Due to the growth in loans and increase in net loans charged off, the provision for loan losses totaled $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and was $965,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—LOANS.”

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Other Operating Income

 

Other operating income represents non-interest types of revenue and is comprised primarily of gains from the sale of loans, income for servicing SBA loans, service charges on deposit accounts, gains or losses on other repossessed assets, and other fee income. Other operating income was $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and was $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in other operating income is the direct result of the increase in sales of SBA and mortgage loans.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002 the Company originated $85.1 million in SBA loans compared to $54.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2001 and $47.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2000. The Company originated $49.2 million in mortgage loans during the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $42.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2001 and $13.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2000. The Company sold approximately $64.8 million in SBA loans and $44.7 million in mortgage loans during the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $28.5 million in SBA loans and $35.3 million in mortgage loans during the year ended December 31, 2001 and $4.5 million in SBA loans and $11.4 million in mortgage loans during the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in origination and subsequent sale of SBA and mortgage loans is a direct result of the lower interest rates experienced in 2001, which significantly increased the demand for SBA financing and the amount of mortgage loan refinances during the year. The sales of SBA 7a, 504 and mortgage loans generated net gains on sale of approximately $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $162,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. There were no sales of SBA 7a loans during 2000 or the first half of 2001. The increase in sales of SBA loans in 2001 is the result of the Company reaching its desired asset, liability and capital mix. The Company sold 75% of its SBA loan originations in 2002, compared to 52% of originations in 2001 and 10% of originations in 2000. The Company intends to sell up to 60% of its SBA originations in 2003, resulting in an anticipated decrease in gains on sale of loans. Furthermore, the Company has closed its mortgage banking operation effective January 31, 2003. The closure of the mortgage banking operation will have minimal effects on the gains on sale of loans. Mortgage gain on sale of loans totaled $233,000 in 2002, compared to $151,000 in 2001 and $73,000 in 2000.

 

Loan servicing fees, net, increased to $687,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $129,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $654,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The Company and the industry experienced a significant increase in prepayments during the year ended December 31, 2001, which resulted in a write downs of $249,000 of the servicing asset. Prepayment speeds on SBA loans decreased substantially in 2002 as interest rates stabilized, resulting in a recovery of $199,000 on the servicing asset in 2002. Servicing income is expected to increase as SBA loans are sold with servicing retained in the future. The Company measures its servicing asset and Interest Only (the “IO”) strips on a quarterly basis using industry prepayment speeds. The Company’s SBA servicing for others increased to $117.2 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $69.6 million as of December 31, 2001 and $77.6 million as of December 31, 2000. The increase is due to the increased sales of SBA loans.

 

Customer service charges increased to $614,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $533,000 and $394,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Total deposits in transaction accounts, including demand, savings and money market accounts, increased to $139.4 million as of December 31, 2002 compared to $126.2 million and $101.2 million as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

Other fee income totaled $832,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $972,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The decrease is directly related to the decrease in other SBA non-guaranteed loan production and other loan fees. The largest component of other fee income is fees generated from the brokering of SBA related non-guaranteed loans, mortgage loan brokerage and other construction loan related fees. These fees vary based on demand for these types of loan

 

42


Table of Contents

products as well as the amount of new construction loans generated. Fees from brokering of non-guaranteed SBA related loans totaled $124,000 in 2002 compared to $375,000 in 2001 and $161,000 in 2000. Fees from brokering of mortgage loans totaled $139,000 in 2002, compared to $185,000 in 2001 and $145,000 in 2000. The closure of the Mortgage Banking operation will have minimal impact on other fee income. Other construction loan related fees totaled $266,000 in 2002 compared to $357,000 in 2001 and $128,000 in 2000. Brokering of non-guaranteed SBA related loans vary from year to year based on customer demand for the product. Other construction loan related fees decreased due to the reduction in non-owner-occupied construction loans, which in general have higher fees than owner-occupied construction loans during these periods.

 

Other Operating Expenses

 

Other operating expenses are non-interest types of expenses and are incurred by the Company in its normal course of business. Salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, telephone, premises and equipment, data processing, depreciation, marketing and promotions, professional services, director/officer/employee expenses, office expenses, ESOP loan expense and other expenses are the major categories of other operating expenses. Other operating expenses, including non-recurring expenses of $281,000, increased to $15.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $12.3 million and $10.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

As a percentage of average assets these expenses, including non-recurring expenses, increased to 4.06% for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to 3.82% for the year ended December 31, 2001 but decreased from 4.65% for the year ended December 31, 2000 due to the increase in expenses as a result of the new Corporate headquarters and the December 2001 opening of the Bonsall branch, which had minimal impact on 2001 expenses. Salary and benefit expenses increased to $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, and $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The salary and benefit expense increase can be attributed to the increased performance based incentives and loan officer commissions, as well as the opening of the Escondido and Bonsall Branches in April and December, 2001, respectively. As of December 31, 2002, the Company had 130 full time employees and 32 part time employees, compared to 111 full time employees and 28 part time employees as of December 31, 2001 and 111 full time employees and 15 part time employees as of December 31, 2000. Other recurring operating expenses were $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and were $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. The largest increase in other recurring operating expenses was occupancy, which increased to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 compared to $799,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $755,000 for the year ended December 31, 2000. The Company opened its headquarters in Escondido, California, in March 2002, also relocating its Escondido branch to the same location. The Company reduced its leased space in Fallbrook, California. Also affecting 2002 when compared with 2001 was the opening of the Bonsall branch in December 2001, which had a minimal impact on 2001 expenses. Other operating expenses were $1.3 million, which included the cost of the refurbishment of a repossessed aircraft in 2002 totaling $136,000. There were no similar expenses in 2001 or 2000.

 

During 2002 the Company incurred other operating expenses of $1.3 million, which included a one time charge related to the relocation of the Company’s corporate headquarters, and is comprised of occupancy, $42,000, depreciation, $202,000 and other expenses, $37,000. Before this one time adjustment, other operating expenses were $1.0 million resulting in net income of $3.2 million, an increase of $2.1 million or 188% as compared to 2001. Excluding the adjustment, earnings per share, basic and diluted, were $0.91 and $0.88, respectively, as compared to $0.86 and $0.84, respectively.

 

43


Table of Contents

 

The following table compares each of the components of other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively:

 

    

For the years ended December 31,


    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

(dollars in thousands)

Other operating expenses:

                        

Salaries and employee benefits

  

$

8,794

    

$

6,657

    

$

5,841

Occupancy

  

 

1,337

    

 

799

    

 

755

Telephone

  

 

305

    

 

295

    

 

270

Premises and equipment

  

 

247

    

 

262

    

 

218

Data processing

  

 

625

    

 

546

    

 

446

Depreciation expense

  

 

989

    

 

637

    

 

526

Marketing and promotions

  

 

267

    

 

321

    

 

363

Professional services

  

 

1,077

    

 

762

    

 

687

Director, officer and employee expense

  

 

419

    

 

486

    

 

486

Office expenses

  

 

540

    

 

413

    

 

327

ESOP loan expense

  

 

—  

    

 

153

    

 

205

Other expenses

  

 

1,321

    

 

997

    

 

810

    

    

    

Total other operating expenses

  

$

15,921

    

$

12,328

    

$

10,934

    

    

    

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

The effective income tax rate was 41.5% for the years ended December 31, 2002 and, 2001, and was 39.4% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Provisions for income taxes totaled $2.1 million, $783,000 and $652,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. See “FOOTNOTE 10 OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.”

 

Financial Condition

 

General

 

As of December 31, 2002 total assets increased 12% to $415.7 million compared to $370.2 million as of December 31, 2001. Total gross loans increased to $345.3 million as of December 31, 2002, or 12%, compared to $308.5 million as of December 31, 2001.

 

Deposits grew 9% to $364.0 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $333.3 million as of December 31, 2001. Federal funds sold decreased to $9.7 million as of December 31, 2002 compared to $28.1 million as of December 31, 2001. The decrease in federal funds sold is the result of a $16.1 investment in mutual funds classified as a trading security during 2002. The Company did not have any trading security investments as of December 31, 2001.

 

Shareholders’ equity increased to $20.6 million, or 25%, as of December 31, 2002 compared to $16.5 million as of December 31, 2001. In addition to retained earnings, the Company received $813,000 due to the sale of unallocated shares as a result of the termination of the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), and received $255,000 as a result of the exercise of stock options. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—CAPITAL.”

 

Investments

 

The Company’s investment portfolio consists primarily of US Treasury and agency securities, mortgage backed securities, SBA securities, mutual funds backed by agency and treasury securities, overnight investments in the Federal Funds market and certificates of deposit (“CDs”) with other financial institutions. As of December

 

44


Table of Contents

31, 2002 and 2001, CDs with other financial institutions were $99,000 and $596,000, respectively, of which $500,000 as of December 31, 2001 was securing the ESOP loan from another California bank which was funding the Company’s ESOP. As of December 31, 2002 the Company held $5.0 million in US Government agency and other securities compared to $10.6 million as of December 31, 2001. Of these securities, $4.0 million were held as collateral for public funds, treasury, tax and loan deposits, and for other purposes at December 31, 2002. Average Federal Funds sold for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $16.3 million compared to $25.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

The Company held $569,000 in Federal Reserve Bank stock as of December 31, 2002, compared to $515,000 as of December 31, 2001. The Company held $979,000 in Federal Home Loan Bank stock as of December 31, 2002, compared to $550,000 as of December 31, 2001. During 2002 the Company invested $16.1 million in a mutual fund whose primary investment is in adjustable agency mortgage backed securities. This investment is being held as a trading security. There were no investments in mutual funds or trading securities as of December 31, 2001.

 

The Company has invested in a limited partnership that was formed to develop and operate six properties with a total of 352 affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout the state of California. The Company’s ownership in the limited partnership is 6.4%. The cost of the investment is being amortized on a level-yield method over the life of the related tax credits. The partnership must meet the regulatory requirements for affordable housing for a minimum 15-year compliance period to fully utilize the tax credits. If the partnership ceases to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may be denied for any period in which the projects are not in compliance and a portion of the credits previously taken is subject to recapture with interest. The remaining federal tax credits to be utilized over a multiple-year period are $1.1 million as of December 31, 2002. The Company’s usage of tax credits approximated $5,000 during 2002. Investment amortization amounted to $11,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002. The Company has an obligation to purchase $462,000 of additional interests in such investments, which is expected to be made in 2003. The balance of the investment as of December 31, 2002 was $527,000, net.

 

Loans

 

Loan balances, net of the allowance for loan losses, increased to $339.5 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $305.7 million as of December 31, 2001. A healthy loan demand resulted in a 11.9% increase in construction lending, an 7.0% increase in commercial loans, a 9.7% increase in commercial and multi-family real estate lending and a 23.1% increase in aircraft loans outstanding. Mortgage loans outstanding increased from $11.4 million as of December 31, 2001 to $16.9 million as of December 31, 2002. In the future mortgage loans outstanding are expected to decline due to the closure of the Company’s mortgage division as of January 31, 2003. The mortgage division originated $50.7 million in loans in 2002, compared with $56.6 million in 2001 and $35.2 million in 2000. Sales of mortgage loans totaled $44.7 million in 2002, compared with $35.3 million in 2001 and $11.4 million in 2000. Total non-interest income from the mortgage division was $332,000 in 2002, compared with $296,000 in 2001 and $208,000 in 2000. Non-interest expenses for the mortgage division totaled $407,000 in 2002, compared with $331,000 in 2001 and $346,000 in 2000. The servicing portfolio, which consists primarily of SBA loans sold to other investors, being serviced by the Company was $117.2 million as of December 31, 2002 compared to $69.6 million as of December 31, 2001.

 

Non-performing Assets.    Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans, Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets. Non-performing loans are those loans which have: (i) been placed on nonaccrual status, (ii) been subject to troubled debt restructurings, (iii) been classified as doubtful under the Company’s asset classification system, or (iv) become contractually past due 90 days or more with respect to principal or interest and have not been restructured or otherwise placed on nonaccrual status. The Company did not have any Other Real Estate Owned at December 31 2002, 2001 or 2000. The other repossessed asset of $1.9 million at December 31, 2001 was the result of the repossession of an aircraft.

 

45


Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s non-performing assets at the dates indicated:

 

    

At December 31,


 
    

2002


    

2001


    

2000


    

1999


    

1998


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Non-accrual loans

  

$

2,254

 

  

$

3,174

 

  

$

57

 

  

$

1,809

 

  

$

969

 

Troubled debt restructurings

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

723

 

Loans contractually past due 90 days or more with respect to either principal or interest and still accruing interest

  

 

—  

 

  

 

29

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

203

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total non-performing loans

  

 

2,254

 

  

 

3,203

 

  

 

57

 

  

 

1,809

 

  

 

1,895

 

Other repossessed assets

  

 

—  

 

  

 

1,900

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

    


  


  


  


  


Total non-performing assets

  

$

2,254

 

  

$

5,103

 

  

$

57

 

  

$

1,809

 

  

$

1,895

 

    


  


  


  


  


SUPPLEMENTAL DATA

                                            

Undisbursed portion of construction and other loans

  

$

87,029

 

  

$

63,867

 

  

$

53,809

 

  

$

46,744

 

  

$

27,528

 

Government guaranteed portion of total loans

  

$

32,066

 

  

$

48,598

 

  

$

35,058

 

  

$

5,952

 

  

$

293

 

Non-performing loans, net of government guarantees

  

$

651

 

  

$

1,140

 

  

$

37

 

  

$

414

 

  

$

1,602

 

Allowance for loan losses

  

$

3,945

 

  

$

2,788

 

  

$

1,988

 

  

$

1,119

 

  

$

911

 

Reserves for losses on commitments to extend credit

  

$

174

 

  

$

285

 

  

$

238

 

  

$

208

 

  

$

81

 

Loan loss allowance to loans, gross

  

 

1.14

%

  

 

0.90

%

  

 

0.80

%

  

 

0.77

%

  

 

0.81

%

Allowance for loan losses to non accrual loans

  

 

175.02

%

  

 

87.84

%

  

 

3487.72

%

  

 

61.86

%

  

 

94.01

%

Allowance for loan losses, including reserves for losses on commitments to extend credit, to:

                                            

Total loans

  

 

1.19

%

  

 

1.00

%

  

 

0.90

%

  

 

0.91

%

  

 

0.88

%

Total loans held for investment, net of government guarantees

  

 

1.59

%

  

 

1.39

%

  

 

1.12

%

  

 

0.97

%

  

 

0.94

%

Non-performing loans

  

 

183

%

  

 

96

%

  

 

3905

%

  

 

73

%

  

 

52

%

Non-performing loans, net of government guarantees

  

 

633

%

  

 

270

%

  

 

6016

%

  

 

321

%

  

 

62

%

Non-performing assets

  

 

183

%

  

 

60

%

  

 

3905

%

  

 

73

%

  

 

52

%

Total non-performing assets to total assets

  

 

0.54

%

  

 

1.38

%

  

 

0.02

%

  

 

1.03

%

  

 

1.39

%

Total non-performing loans, net of government guarantees to total assets

  

 

0.16

%

  

 

0.31

%

  

 

0.01

%

  

 

0.24

%

  

 

1.18

%

Total non-performing loans to total loans

  

 

0.65

%

  

 

1.04

%

  

 

0.02

%

  

 

1.24

%

  

 

1.68

%

Total non-performing loans, net of government guarantees, to total loans

  

 

0.19

%

  

 

0.37

%

  

 

0.01

%

  

 

0.28

%

  

 

1.42

%

 

Nonaccrual Loans.    Nonaccrual loans are impaired loans where the original contractual amount may not be fully collectible. The Company measures its impaired loans by using the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate if the loan is not collateral-dependent. As of December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, all impaired or nonaccrual loans were collateral-dependent. The Company places loans on nonaccrual status that are delinquent 90 days or more or when a reasonable doubt exists as to the collectibility of interest and principal. The Company had fourteen loans on nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2002, totaling $2,254,000. Of this total $1,603,000, or 71%, was guaranteed by the government. As of December 31, 2001, the Company had twelve loans on nonaccrual status, totaling $3,174,000. Of this total, $2,063,000, or 65%, was guaranteed by the government. As of December 31, 2000, the Company had five loans on nonaccrual status, totaling $57,000. Of this total, $20,000, or 35%, was guaranteed by the government. Interest income that would have been recorded on loans on nonaccrual status, under the original terms of such loans, would have totaled $174,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002, $165,000 for 2001 and $9,000 for 2000. In addition to the loans disclosed above as nonaccrual or restructured, management has also identified approximately $2.8 million in loans that, on the basis

 

46


Table of Contents

of information known to us, were judged to have a higher than normal risk of becoming non-performing. Management cannot, however, predict the extent to which economic conditions may worsen or other factors may impact our borrowers and our loan portfolio. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that other loans will not become 90 days or more past due, be placed on nonaccrual, become restructured loans, or become other real estate owned or repossessed assets in the future.

 

Certain financial institutions have elected to use Special Purpose Vehicles (“SPV”) to dispose of problem assets. A SPV is typically a subsidiary company with an asset and liability structure and legal status that makes its obligations secure even if the parent company goes bankrupt. Under certain circumstances, these financial institutions may exclude the problem assets from their reported impaired and non-performing assets. We do not use those vehicles, or any other accounting structures, to dispose of problem assets.

 

Classified Assets.    From time to time, management has reason to believe that certain borrowers may not be able to repay their loans within the parameters of the present repayment terms, even though, in some cases, the loans are current at the time. These loans are graded in the classified loan grades of “substandard,” “doubtful,” or “loss” and include non-performing loans. Each classified loan is monitored monthly. Classified assets (consisting of nonaccrual loans, loans graded as substandard or lower and REO) at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were $1.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively.

 

Risk Management.    The investment of the Company’s funds is primarily in loans where a greater degree of risk is normally assumed than in other forms of investments. Sound underwriting of loans and continuing evaluations of the underlying collateral and performance of the borrowers are an integral part in the maintenance of a high level of quality in the total assets of the Company. Net loan charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $515,000, or 0.16% of average gross loans outstanding, compared to $623,000, or 0.23% of average gross loans outstanding, for the year ended December 31, 2001.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.    The Company has established a methodology for the determination of provisions for loan losses. The methodology is set forth in a formal policy and takes into consideration the need for an overall allowance for loan losses as well as specific allowances that are tied to individual loans. The Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include the formula allowance and a specific allowance for identified problem loans.

 

In originating loans, the Company recognizes that losses will be experienced and that the risk of loss will vary with, among other things, the type of loan being made, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan, general economic conditions and, in the case of a secured loan, the quality of the collateral securing the loan. The allowance is increased by provisions charged against earnings and reduced by net loan chargeoffs. Loans are charged off when they are deemed to be uncollectible, or partially charged off when portions of a loan are deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries are generally recorded only when cash payments are received.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The responsibility for the review of the Company’s assets and the determination of the adequacy of the general valuation allowance lies with the Director’s Loan Committee. This committee assigns the loss reserve ratio for each type of asset and reviews the adequacy of the allowance at least quarterly based on an evaluation of the portfolio, past experience, prevailing market conditions, amount of government guarantees, concentration in loan types and other relevant factors.

 

Specific valuation allowances are established to absorb losses on loans for which full collectibility may not be reasonably assured as prescribed in SFAS No. 114 (as amended by SFAS No. 118). The amount of the specific allowance is based on the estimated value of the collateral securing the loans and other analyses pertinent to each situation. Loans are identified for specific allowances from information provided by several sources, including asset classification, third party reviews, delinquency reports, periodic updates to financial statements, public records and industry reports. All loan types are subject to specific allowances once identified

 

47


Table of Contents

as an impaired or non-performing loan. Loans not subject to specific allowances are placed into pools by one of the following collateral types: Commercial Real Estate, One- to Four-Family Real Estate, Aircraft, Consumer Home Equity, Consumer Other, Construction and Other Commercial loans. All non-specific reserves are allocated to one of these categories. Estimates of identifiable losses are reviewed continually and, generally, a provision for losses is charged against operations on a monthly basis as necessary to maintain the allowance at an appropriate level. Management presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses to the Company’s Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

 

The Directors’ Loan Committee meets quarterly to review and monitor conditions in the portfolio and to determine the appropriate allowance for loan losses. To the extent that any of these conditions are evidenced by identifiable problem credit or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, the committee’s estimate of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such credit or portfolio segment. By assessing the probable estimated losses inherent in the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis, the Bank is able to adjust specific and inherent loss estimates based upon the most recent information that has become available.

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the Bank’s allowance for loan losses at the dates and for the periods indicated:

 

      

At or For the Years Ended December 31,


 
      

2002


      

2001


      

2000


      

1999


      

1998


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of period

    

$

2,788

 

    

$

1,988

 

    

$

1,119

 

    

$

911

 

    

$

566

 

Chargeoffs:

                                                      

Real estate loans:

                                                      

One- to four-family

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

85

 

Commercial

    

 

518

 

    

 

675

 

    

 

66

 

    

 

67

 

    

 

127

 

Consumer

    

 

13

 

    

 

12

 

    

 

72

 

    

 

5

 

    

 

4

 

      


    


    


    


    


Total chargeoffs

    

 

531

 

    

 

687

 

    

 

138

 

    

 

72

 

    

 

216

 

Recoveries:

                                                      

Real estate loans:

                                                      

One- to four-family

    

 

—  

 

    

 

6

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Commercial

    

 

5

 

    

 

54

 

    

 

53

 

    

 

21

 

    

 

9

 

Consumer

    

 

11

 

    

 

4

 

    

 

19

 

    

 

1

 

    

 

11

 

      


    


    


    


    


Total recoveries

    

 

16

 

    

 

64

 

    

 

72

 

    

 

22

 

    

 

20

 

      


    


    


    


    


Net chargeoffs

    

 

515

 

    

 

623

 

    

 

66

 

    

 

50

 

    

 

196

 

Reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit

    

 

111

 

    

 

(47

)

    

 

(30

)

    

 

(127

)

    

 

3

 

Provision for loan losses

    

 

1,561

 

    

 

1,470

 

    

 

965

 

    

 

385

 

    

 

538

 

      


    


    


    


    


Balance at end of period

    

$

3,945

 

    

$

2,788

 

    

$

1,988

 

    

$

1,119

 

    

$

911

 

      


    


    


    


    


Net charge offs to average loans

    

 

0.16

%

    

 

0.23

%

    

 

0.03

%

    

 

0.04

%

    

 

0.21

%

Reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit

    

$

174

 

    

$

285

 

    

$

238

 

    

$

208

 

    

$

81

 

 

As of December 31, 2002 the balance in the allowance for loan losses was $3.9 million compared to $2.8 million as of December 31, 2001. In addition, the reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit was decreased to $174,000 as of December 31, 2002, compared to $285,000 as of December 31, 2001. The balance of commitments to extend credit on undisbursed construction and other loans was $87.0 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $63.9 million as of December 31, 2001. The reduction of the reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit was due to an internal evaluation of the credit risk of the underlying collateral, combined with a review of the historical losses incurred on the underlying collateral. Risks and uncertainties exist in all lending transactions, and even though there have historically been no charge offs on construction and other loans that have not been fully disbursed, the Director’s Loan Committee has established reserve levels for

 

48


Table of Contents

each category based upon loan type as well as market conditions for the underlying real estate and other collateral, considering such factors as trends in the real estate market, economic uncertainties and other risks, where it is probable that losses could be incurred in future periods. In general there are no reserves established for the government guaranteed portion of commitments to extend credit. As of December 31, 2002 the allowance was 1.14% of total gross loans compared to 0.90% as of December 31, 2001. Including the reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit, the allowance was 1.19% of total gross loans as of December 31, 2002, compared to 1.00% as of December 31, 2001. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of nonaccrual loans was 175% as of December 31, 2002, compared to 88% as of December 31, 2001. The allowance for loan losses, including reserves for losses on commitments to extend credit, to non-performing loans, net of government guarantees was 633% as of December 31, 2002, compared to 270% as of December 31, 2001. The Company performs a migration analysis on a quarterly basis using an eight quarter history of charge offs to average loans by collateral type. During 1999 and 2000, net charge offs as a percent of average loans outstanding were only 0.04% and 0.03%, respectively. The low levels of net charge offs in 1999 and 2000 can be attributed to the strong economy in the Company’s primary market area, including the significant rise in real estate values across all collateral types. In 2001, net charge offs as a percent of average loans outstanding increased to 0.23%, therefore the eight quarter average increased accordingly, which, when combined with the growth in total loans outstanding, resulted in an increase in the level of reserves required from $2.0 million as of December 31, 2000 to $2.8 million as of December 31, 2001. In 2002, the net charge offs to average loans outstanding was 0.16%, and when combined with the average for 2001 of 0.23%, increased the eight quarter average over the eight quarter average as of December 31, 2001, which, combined with the growth in total loans outstanding, resulted in an increase in the level of reserves outstanding from $2.8 million as of December 31, 2001 to $3.9 million as of December 31, 2002. The Director’s Loan Committee has also established reserve levels for each category based upon loan type, as certain loan types may not have incurred losses or have had minimal losses in the eight quarter migration analysis, but it is probable that losses could be incurred in future periods. The Directors Loan Committee will consider trends in delinquencies and potential charge offs by loan type, market for underlying real estate or other collateral, trends in industry types, economic changes and other risks. In general, there are no reserves established for the government guaranteed portion of loans outstanding.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2002 management charged off $515,000 (net of recoveries) and provided $1.56 million to the provision for loan losses. During the year ended December 31, 2001 management charged off $623,000 (net of recoveries) to the allowance while it provided $1.47 million to the provision for loan losses. For the year ended December 31, 2002, net charge offs as a percentage of average loans outstanding was 0.16%, compared to 0.23% for the year ended December 31, 2001. Management believes the allowance at December 31, 2002 is adequate based upon its ongoing analysis of the loan portfolio, historical loss trends and other factors. Although management believes that they use the best information available to make such determinations, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations.

 

Nonaccrual loans, net of the government guaranteed portion, decreased to $651,000 or 0.19% of total gross loans as of December 31, 2002 compared to $1.1 million or 0.37% of total gross loans as of December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had no Other Real Estate Owned properties. The other repossessed asset of $1.9 million as of December 31, 2001 is the result of the repossession of an aircraft.

 

49


Table of Contents

 

The following table sets forth the Company’s percent of allowance for loan losses to total allowance for loan losses and the percent of loans to total loans in each of the categories listed at the dates indicated.

 

   

At or For the Years Ended December 31,


 
   

2002


   

2001


   

2000


 
   

Amount


  

Percent of Allowance to Total Amount


    

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans


   

Amount


  

Percent of Allowance to Total Amount


    

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans


   

Amount


  

Percent of Allowance to Total Amount


    

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans


 
   

(dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial loans

 

$

178

  

4.51

%

  

4.79

%

 

$

103

  

3.69

%

  

4.57

%

 

$

298

  

14.99

%

  

5.86

%

Aircraft loans

 

 

235

  

5.96

%

  

8.53

%

 

 

46

  

1.65

%

  

7.76

%

 

 

92

  

4.63

%

  

10.03

%

Real estate:

                                                           

Construction loans

 

 

936

  

23.72

%

  

22.28

%

 

 

561

  

20.12

%

  

21.55

%

 

 

482

  

24.25

%

  

18.00

%

Secured by:

                                                           

One- to four-family residential properties

 

 

178

  

4.51

%

  

5.22

%

 

 

95

  

3.41

%

  

4.39

%

 

 

88

  

4.43

%

  

3.70

%

Commercial properties

 

 

2,189

  

55.49

%

  

56.41

%

 

 

1,787

  

64.10

%

  

58.15

%

 

 

808

  

40.63

%

  

58.28

%

Consumer:

                                                           

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

63

  

1.60

%

  

1.06

%

 

 

67

  

2.40

%

  

0.90

%

 

 

83

  

4.18

%

  

1.28

%

Other

 

 

166

  

4.21

%

  

1.71

%

 

 

129

  

4.63

%

  

2.68

%

 

 

137

  

6.89

%

  

2.85

%

   

               

               

             

Total allowance

 

$

3,945

  

100.00

%

  

100.00

%

 

$

2,788

  

100.00

%

  

100.00

%

 

$

1,988

  

100.00

%

  

100.00

%

   

               

               

             

 

    

At or For the Years Ended December 31,


 
    

1999


    

1998


 
    

Amount


  

Percent of Allowance to Total Amount


      

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans


    

Amount


  

Percent of Allowance to Total Amount


      

Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Commercial loans

  

$

67

  

5.99

%

    

7.59

%

  

$

118

  

12.95

%

    

12.00

%

Aircraft loans

  

 

35

  

3.13

%

    

11.30

%

  

 

—  

  

0.00

%

    

0.00

%

Real estate:

                                             

Construction loans

  

 

284

  

25.38

%

    

17.28

%

  

 

117

  

12.84

%

    

18.68

%

Secured by:

                                             

One- to four-family residential properties

  

 

143

  

12.78

%

    

10.15

%

  

 

157

  

17.23

%

    

12.51

%

Commercial properties

  

 

336

  

30.02

%

    

47.75

%

  

 

377

  

41.40

%

    

49.54

%

Consumer:

                                             

Home equity lines of credit

  

 

159

  

14.21

%

    

1.83

%

  

 

73

  

8.01

%

    

1.80

%

Other

  

 

95

  

8.49

%

    

4.10

%

  

 

69

  

7.57

%

    

5.47

%

    

                  

               

Total allowance

  

$

1,119

  

100.00

%

    

100.00

%

  

$

911

  

100.00

%

    

100.00

%

    

                  

               

 

Based on the recent history of charge offs in the Company’s aircraft and non-real estate secured commercial loan portfolios, the Company has allocated a higher percentage of its reserve for loan losses, increasing the percentage allocated from 1.65% as of December 31, 2001 to 5.96% as of December 31, 2002 for aircraft loans, and from 3.69% as of December 31, 2001 to 4.51% as of December 31, 2002 for commercial loans. Other changes are the result of relative changes in the size of the loan portfolios. As a result of past decreases in local and regional real estate values and the significant losses experienced by many financial institutions, there has been a greater level of scrutiny by regulatory authorities of the loan portfolios of financial institutions undertaken as a part of the examinations of such institutions by banking regulators. While the Company believes it has established its existing allowance for loan losses in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing the Company’s loan portfolio, will not request the Company to increase significantly its allowance for loan losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that substantial increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans

 

50


Table of Contents

deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

Other Assets

 

Premises and equipment, other repossessed assets, accrued interest and other assets, income tax receivable, deferred tax asset, servicing asset, net and interest only strips, are the seven major components of other assets. Premises and equipment increased to $4.2 million, or 42.9% as of December 31, 2002 compared to $2.9 million as of December 31, 2001. The increase is due to opening of the new Corporate headquarters on March 2002.

 

Other repossessed assets totaled $1.9 million as of December 31, 2001 due to the repossession of an aircraft. The aircraft was subsequently sold during 2002 and there were no other repossessed assets as of December 31, 2002.

 

Accrued interest and other assets decreased from $5.6 million as of December 31, 2001 to $5.3 million as of December 31, 2002. The major component of accrued interest and other assets is interest accrued and not yet received on loans. The decrease in comparison with the increase in the interest earning assets is due to the decrease in yield on interest earning assets from 8.27% for the year ended December 31, 2001 to 6.77% for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

Income tax receivable totaled $309,000 as of December 31, 2002. There were no income taxes receivable as of December 31, 2001.

 

The deferred tax asset increased to $1.7 million as of December 31, 2002 compared to $1.2 million as of December 31, 2001. The increase in the deferred tax asset is primarily related to additional allowances for loan losses and certain accrued expenses.

 

Servicing asset, net, increased to $2.6 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $1.3 million as of December 31, 2001. The increase reflects the additions due to loan sales during the year ended December 31, 2002, net of the amortization of the servicing asset, combined with a $199,000 recovery of an impairment write down of $249,000 in 2001. The valuation of the servicing asset reflects estimates as to the expected life of the underlying loans which may be adversely affected by higher than expected levels of pay-offs in periods of lower rates or charge-offs in periods of economic difficulty. In addition, when property values increase due to general economic conditions, borrowers have refinancing opportunities available to them, which may result in higher prepayment rates. Management periodically evaluates the servicing assets for impairment. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on original term to maturity. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the servicing assets for a stratum exceeds their fair value. The weighted average prepayment speed was 7.22% as of December 31, 2002 compared to 13.53% as of December 31, 2001. See the footnotes to the financial statements, found elsewhere in this Report, for further information on servicing assets.

 

Rights to future interest income from serviced loans that exceeds contractually specified servicing fees are classified as interest-only strips. Interest-only strips increased to $480,000 as of December 31, 2002, compared to $354,000 as of December 31, 2001. The increase is due to the increase in loans serviced for others as a result of the loan sales in 2002, combined with the effect of the change in market value caused by the reduction in average prepayment speeds. The weighted average prepayment speed was 7.22% as of December 31, 2002 compared to 13.53% as of December 31, 2001.

 

Deposits and Borrowings

 

Total deposits increased 9% to $364.0 million as of December 31, 2002 compared to $333.3 million as of December 31, 2001. The increase is due to a 19% increase in retail deposits as a result of the expansion of the

 

51


Table of Contents

retail banking operation in 2001, including the addition of two new branches. Total retail banking deposits increased to $300.3 million as of December 31, 2002 compared to $251.6 million as of December 31, 2001. Offsetting this increase was a 22% decrease in wholesale deposits to $63.7 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $81.7 million as of December 31, 2001. As a result, interest bearing and non-interest bearing deposits increased to $312.5 million and $51.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2002 compared to $295.1 million and $38.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2001.

 

During the first quarter of 2000, the Company issued $10 million in Trust Preferred Securities, which are debt instruments that act as additional capital for regulatory purposes. The average balance outstanding for 2002 and 2001 was $10 million. In addition to the $3.2 million prepayment of a loan, $5.8 million of the proceeds were contributed as capital into the Bank subsidiary. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—CAPITAL.”

 

During 2001, the Company borrowed $1.0 million from an unaffiliated lender to contribute to the equity capital of the Bank. An additional $1.0 million was borrowed during 2002 from the same unaffiliated lender to contribute to the equity capital of the Bank. See “MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—CAPITAL.”

 

Other borrowings totaled $15.5 million as of December 31, 2002, compared to $5.8 million as of December 31, 2001. The Company established a line of credit with the FHLB collateralized by loans and securities. Funds from the credit line were used to increase liquidity at the Company. In addition to the FHLB advances, other lines of credit are utilized to increase capital at the Bank and to fund the Company’s ESOP. The ESOP was terminated in 2002 and the borrowings of $813,000 were repaid at that time. See the footnotes to the financial statements, found elsewhere in this Report, for further information on borrowings.

 

Interest Rate Sensitivity

 

Interest rate risk (“IRR”) and credit risk constitute the two greatest sources of financial exposure for insured financial institutions. Please refer to “ITEM 1—BUSINESS—LENDING” and “ITEM 7—MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS—FINANCIAL CONDITION—LOANS,” for a thorough discussion of the Company’s lending activities. IRR represents the impact that changes in absolute and relative levels of market interest rates may have upon the Company’s net interest income (“NII”). Changes in the NII are the result of changes in the net interest spread between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities (timing risk), the relationship between various rates (basis risk), and changes in the shape of the yield curve.

 

The Company realizes income principally from the differential or spread between the interest earned on loans, investments, other interest-earning assets and the interest incurred on deposits. The volumes and yields on loans, deposits and borrowings are affected by market interest rates. As of December 31, 2002, 85.54% of the Company’s loan portfolio was tied to adjustable rate indices. The majority of the loans are tied to prime and reprice immediately. The exception is SBA 7a loans, which reprice on the first day of the subsequent quarter after a change in prime. As of December 31, 2002, 61.68% of the Company’s deposits were time deposits with a stated maturity (generally one year or less) and a fixed rate of interest. As of December 31, 2002, 39.22% of the Company’s borrowings were fixed rate with a remaining term of 26 years. The Company entered into an interest rate swap in December 2002 which effectively changes this fixed rate liability to a variable rate liability with a six month adjustment period. The following Gap table reflects the affects of this interest rate swap.

 

Changes in the market level of interest rates directly and immediately affect the Company’s interest spread, and therefore profitability. Sharp and significant changes to market rates can cause the interest spread to shrink or expand significantly in the near term, principally because of the timing differences between the adjustable rate loans and the maturities (and therefore repricing) of the deposits and borrowings.

 

52


Table of Contents

 

The Company’s Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for managing the Company’s assets and liabilities in a manner that balances profitability, IRR and various other risks including liquidity. ALCO operates under policies and within risk limits prescribed by, reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

ALCO seeks to stabilize the Company’s NII by matching rate-sensitive assets and liabilities through maintaining the maturity and repricing of these assets and liabilities at appropriate levels given the interest rate environment. When the amount of rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds rate-sensitive assets within specified time periods, NII generally will be negatively impacted by increasing rates and positively impacted by decreasing rates. Conversely, when the amount of rate-sensitive assets exceeds the amount of rate-sensitive liabilities within specified time periods, net interest income will generally be positively impacted by increasing rates and negatively impacted by decreasing rates. The speed and velocity of the repricing assets and liabilities will also contribute to the effects on the Company’s NII, as will the presence or absence of periodic and lifetime interest rate caps and floors.

 

The Company utilizes two methods for measuring interest rate risk, gap analysis and interest income simulations. Gap analysis focuses on measuring absolute dollar amounts subject to repricing within certain periods of time, particularly the one year maturity horizon. Interest income simulations are produced using a software model that is based on actual cash flows and repricing characteristics for all of the Company’s financial instruments and incorporates market-based assumptions regarding the impact of changing interest rates on current volumes of applicable financial instruments.

 

Interest rate simulations provide the Company with an estimate of both the dollar amount and percentage change in NII under various rate scenarios. All assets and liabilities are normally subjected to up to 300 basis points in increases and decreases in interest rates in 50 basis point increments. However, under the current interest rate environment, decreases in interest rates have been simulated at 25, 50 and 100 basis points. Under each interest rate scenario, the Company projects its net interest income. From these results, the Company can then develop alternatives in dealing with the tolerance thresholds.

 

A traditional, although analytically limited measure, of a financial institutions IRR is the “static gap.” Static gap is the difference between the amount of assets and liabilities (adjusted for any off-balance sheet positions) which are expected to mature or reprice within a specific period. Generally, a positive gap benefits an institution during periods of rising interest rates, and a negative gap benefits an institution during periods of declining interest rates.

 

At December 31, 2002, 71.84% of the Company’s interest-bearing deposits were comprised of certificate accounts, the majority of which have original terms averaging eleven months. The remaining, weighted average term to maturity for the Company’s certificate accounts approximated six months at December 31, 2002. Generally, the Company’s offering rates for certificate accounts move directionally with the general level of short term interest rates, though the margin may vary due to competitive pressures. While the maturities of interest bearing deposits in the following gap table imply that declines in interest rates will result in further declines in interest rates paid on deposits, interest rates cannot drop below 0%, and there is a behavioral limit somewhere above 0% as to how low the rates can be reduced before the Company’s customers no longer will maintain the deposit with the Company.

 

In addition to the Certificates of Deposits, the Company has $88.0 million in interest bearing transaction accounts (savings, money markets and interest bearing checking) as of December 31, 2002, with rates being paid between 0.25% and 1.65%. Although the following table would indicate that declines in interest rates would result in a corresponding decline in the cost of deposits, interest rates cannot drop below 0%, and there is a behavioral limit somewhere above 0% as to how low the rates can be reduced before the Company’s customers no longer will maintain the deposit with the Company.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning repricing opportunities for the Company’s interest-earning assets and interest bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2002. The amount of assets and liabilities shown

 

53


Table of Contents

within a particular period were determined in accordance with their contractual maturities, except that adjustable rate products are included in the period in which they are first scheduled to adjust and not in the period in which they mature. Such assets and liabilities are classified by the earlier of their maturity or repricing date.

 

    

Contractual Static GAP Position as of December 31, 2002


 
    

0-3 months


    

Greater than 3 months
to 6 months


    

Greater than 6 months
to 12 months


    

Greater than 12 months
to 5 years


    

Thereafter


    

Total balance


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Interest sensitive assets:

                                                     

Loans receivable:

                                                     

Adjustable rate loans, gross

  

$

198,301

 

  

$

3,404

 

  

$

35,191

 

  

$

57,567

 

  

$

914

 

  

$

295,377

 

Fixed rate loans, gross(2)

  

 

22,143

 

  

 

148

 

  

 

3,232

 

  

 

10,761

 

  

 

13,637

 

  

 

49,921

 

Investments:

                                                     

Investment securities held-to-maturity

  

 

500

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

998

 

  

 

3,004

 

  

 

16,804

 

  

 

21,306

 

Federal funds sold

  

 

9,690

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

9,690

 

Trading securities

  

 

16,076

 

                                      

 

16,076

 

Other investments

  

 

1,459

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

99

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

569

 

  

 

2,127

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


Total interest sensitive assets

  

 

248,169

 

  

 

3,552

 

  

 

39,520

 

  

 

71,332

 

  

 

31,924

 

  

 

394,497

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


Interest sensitive liabilities:

                                                     

Deposits:

                                                     

Non-interest bearing

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

51,438

 

  

 

51,438

 

Interest bearing

  

 

175,201

 

  

 

57,678

 

  

 

74,305

 

  

 

5,330

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

312,514

 

Other Borrowings(1)

  

 

25,504

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

25,504

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


Total interest sensitive liabilities

  

$

200,705

 

  

$

57,678

 

  

$

74,305

 

  

$

5,330

 

  

$

51,438

 

  

$

389,456

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


GAP Analysis

                                                     

Interest rate sensitivity gap

  

$

47,464

 

  

$

(54,126

)

  

$

(34,785

)

  

$

66,002

 

  

$

(19,514

)

  

$

5,041

 

GAP as % of total interest sensitive assets

  

 

12.03

%

  

 

-13.72

%

  

 

-8.82

%

  

 

16.73

%

  

 

-4.95

%

  

 

1.28

%

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap

  

$

47,464

 

  

$

(6,662

)

  

$

(41,447

)

  

$

24,555

 

  

$

5,041

 

  

$

5,041

 

Cumulative gap as % of total interest sensitive assets

  

 

12.03

%

  

 

-1.69

%

  

 

-10.51

%

  

 

6.22

%

  

 

1.28

%

  

 

1.28

%


(1)   Other borrowings reflect the effects of the interest rate swap.

 

In December 2002, the Company entered into an interest rate swap transaction with an unaffiliated party. The terms of the swap are identical to the terms of the 11% Trust preferred securities outstanding with regards to maturity, payment dates, prepayment penalties and other terms. The swap agreement calls for the Company to receive fixed rate payments of 11.0% on a semiannual basis for a notional principal amount of $10.0 million. Per the terms of the agreement, the Company pays a rate of six month Libor plus 5.455%, adjusted semiannually. The six month Libor rate as of February 21, 2003 was 1.34%.

 

Static Gap analysis has certain limitations. Measuring the volume of repricing or maturing assets and liabilities does not always measure the full impact on net interest income. Static Gap analysis does not account for rate caps on products; dynamic changes such as increasing prepay speeds as interest rates decrease, basis risk, or the benefit of non-rate funding sources. The relation between product rate repricing and market rate changes (basis risk) is not the same for all products. The majority of the Company’s loan portfolio reprices quickly and completely following changes in market rates, while non-term deposit rates in general move more slowly and

 

54


Table of Contents

usually incorporate only a fraction of the change in rates. Products categorized as non-rate sensitive, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, in the static Gap analysis behave like long term fixed rate funding sources. Both of these factors tend to make the Company’s behavior more asset sensitive than is indicated in the static Gap analysis. Management expects to experience higher net interest income when rates rise, the opposite of what is indicated by the static Gap analysis.

 

The following table shows the effects of changes in projected net interest income for 2003 under the interest rate shock scenarios stated. The table was prepared as of December 31, 2002, at which time prime was 4.25%.

 

Changes in Rates


    

Projected Net Interest Income


    

Change from Base Case


      

% Change from
Base Case


 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

+ 300 bp

    

$

25,069

    

$

4,005

 

    

19.01

%

 

+ 200 bp

    

$

23,304

    

$

2,240

 

    

10.63

%

 

+ 100 bp

    

$

21,825

    

$

761

 

    

3.61

%

 

0 bp

    

$

21,064

                   

-

25 bp

    

$

20,849

    

$

(215

)

    

-1.02

%

-

50 bp

    

$

20,623

    

$

(441

)

    

-2.09

%

-

100 bp

    

$

20,169

    

$

(895

)

    

-4.25

%

 

Assumptions are inherently uncertain, and, consequently, the model cannot precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, as well as changes in market conditions and management strategy.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company had commitments to extend credit of approximately $33.3 million and obligations under letters of credit of $2.2 million, all of which expire within one year. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers, provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Commitments are generally variable rate, and many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. As such, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company uses the same credit underwriting policies in granting or accepting such commitments or contingent obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments, which consist of evaluating customers’ creditworthiness individually.

 

Standby letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the financial performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. When deemed necessary, the Company holds appropriate collateral supporting those commitments. Management does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions.

 

55


Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2002 aggregate minimum rental commitments for certain real property under non-cancelable operating leases having an initial or remaining term of more than one year are as follows:

 

    

Gross Rental Commitments


    

Sub-lease Income


    

Net Rental Commitments


    

(dollars in thousands)

2003

  

$

949

    

$

106

    

$

843

2004

  

 

1,147

    

 

64

    

 

1,083

2005

  

 

1,182

    

 

66

    

 

1,116

2006

  

 

1,215

    

 

68

    

 

1,147

2007

  

 

1,068

    

 

23

    

 

1,045

Thereafter

  

 

10,970

    

 

—  

    

 

10,970

    

    

    

Total

  

$

16,531

    

$

327

    

$

16,204

    

    

    

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity management involves the Company’s ability to meet cash flow requirements arising from fluctuations in deposit levels and demands of daily operations, which include funding of securities purchases, providing for customers’ credit needs and ongoing repayment of borrowings. The Company’s liquidity is actively managed on a daily basis and reviewed periodically by the Asset/Liability Committee and the Board of Directors. This process is intended to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet the needs of the Company, including adequate cash flow for off-balance sheet instruments.

 

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity are derived from financing activities which include the acceptance of customer and broker deposits, federal funds facilities, repurchase agreement facilities and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco. These funding sources are augmented by payments of principal and interest on loans, the routine liquidation of securities from the trading securities portfolio and sales and participation of eligible loans. Primary uses of funds include withdrawal of and interest payments on deposits, originations and purchases of loans, purchases of investment securities, and payment of operating expenses.

 

The Company experienced net cash inflows of $4.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 and net cash outflows of $1.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2001 from operating activities. Net cash inflows from operating activities during 2002 were primarily from net income of the Company, accompanied by the net proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale which were greater than the origination of loans held for sale. During 2001 the net cash outflows were the result of the net proceeds from the origination of loans held for sale, which were greater than the proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale and partially offset by the net income for the year. Net cash outflows from investing activities totaled $62.3 million and $65.6 million during 2002 and 2001, respectively. Net cash outflows from investing activities for both periods can be attributed primarily to the growth in the Bank’s loan portfolio in excess of proceeds from principal repayments on loans held for investment and purchases of trading and held-to-maturity investment securities. These activities were partially offset by net proceeds from the maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity and sale of trading securities. The Company experienced net cash inflows from financing activities of $41.4 million during 2002 and $88.5 million during 2001, primarily due to the growth in deposits and advances from the FHLB. In addition, during 2001, the Company completed a private placement of common stock with net proceeds of $3.0 million.

 

As a means of augmenting its liquidity, the Company has established federal funds lines with a correspondent bank. At December 31, 2002, the Company’s available borrowing capacity includes approximately $5.0 million in federal funds line facilities, and $19.2 million in unused FHLB advances. Management believes its liquidity sources to be stable and adequate. At December 31, 2002, management was not aware of any information that was reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Company’s liquidity position.

 

56


Table of Contents

 

The liquidity of the parent company, Community Bancorp Inc. is primarily dependent on the payment of cash dividends by its subsidiary, Community National Bank, subject to limitations imposed by the National Bank Act. For the year ended December 31, 2002, total dividends paid by the Bank to Community Bancorp Inc. totaled $900,000, compared with none during 2001. During 2001, the Company completed a private placement of common stock with net proceeds of $3.0 million. As of December 31, 2002, approximately $6.1 million of undivided profits of the Bank were available for dividends to the Company.

 

Capital

 

The Company’s capital increased 25% to $20.6 million as of December 31, 2002 compared to $16.5 million as of December 31, 2001. The Company’s equity to assets ratio was 4.95% and 4.46% at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. In July 2001, the Company raised $3.0 million through a private placement of common stock. Also, in 1997, the Company implemented an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, funded with borrowings of $1,000,000 that year. In 2000, the loan was refinanced, with an additional $325,000 being advanced on the line during 2000 and another $50,000 in 2001. As of December 31, 2001 the indebtedness of the ESOP was $813,000. As of September 30, 2001, the Board of Directors elected to terminate the ESOP. In February of 2002, the unallocated shares of stock in the ESOP were sold, and the debt was paid in full. As a result, the capital of the Company increased by $813,000 in the first quarter of 2002. During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company repaid principal totaling $813,000 and $153,000, respectively.

 

The Company declared a five percent (5%) stock dividend to shareholders of record as of November 15, 2000, which was issued on November 30, 2000. The Company declared a five percent (5%) stock dividend to shareholders of record as of November 15, 2001, which was issued on November 30, 2001. The Company declared a five percent (5%) stock dividend to shareholders of record as of November 15, 2002, which was issued on November 29, 2002. Whether or not stock dividends or any cash dividends will be paid in the future will be determined by the Board of Directors after consideration of various factors. The Company’s and the Bank’s profitability and regulatory capital ratios in addition to other financial conditions will be key factors considered by the Board of Directors in making such determinations regarding the payment of dividends.

 

The Company’s strategic plan addresses the future capital needs of the Company. During March, 2000, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Community (CA) Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a Delaware business trust, issued $10.0 million of 11.0% Fixed Rate Capital Trust Pass-through Securities (“TRUPS-Registered Trademark”)(“Trust Preferred securities”), with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The securities have semi-annual interest payments, with principal due at maturity in 2030. The Trust used the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred securities to purchase junior subordinated debentures of the Company. The Company received $9.7 million from the Trust upon issuance of the junior subordinated debentures, of which $3.2 million was used to pay off borrowings of the Company, and $5.8 million was contributed to the Bank to increase its capital. The $10.0 million is shown as borrowings on the Company’s books.

 

On June 28, 2001, the Company entered into a loan agreement with Pacific Coast Bankers’ Bank pursuant to which the Company can borrow up to $2.0 million on a revolving line of credit. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the outstanding balance on this line of credit was $2.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively. The proceeds of such loan were invested by the Company in the Bank in the form of equity capital. The loan provides for interest only payments until December 28, 2002, after which time the outstanding balance of the loan will begin amortizing over a five year period. The loan documents require the Company to obtain the prior consent of the lender before paying any cash dividend and before incurring additional indebtedness in excess of an additional $2.0 million outside the normal course of business.

 

At the end of 2002, all Bank capital ratios were above all current Federal capital guidelines for a “well-capitalized” bank. As of December 31, 2002 the Bank’s regulatory Total Capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 10.40% compared to 10.89% as of December 31, 2001. The regulatory Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 9.20% as of December 31, 2002 compared to 9.82% as of December 31, 2001. The regulatory Tier 1 Capital to average assets ratio was 7.95% as of December 31, 2002 compared to 7.94% as of December 31, 2001.

 

57


Table of Contents

 

As of December 31, 2002, the Company’s capital ratios were above all current Federal capital guidelines for capital adequacy purposes. As of December 31, 2002, the Company’s regulatory Total Capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 9.99%, compared to 10.30% as of December 31, 2001. The regulatory Tier 1 Capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 7.88% as of December 31, 2002, compared to 7.65% as of December 31, 2001, and the Tier 1 Capital to average assets ratio was 6.80% as of December 31, 2002, compared to 6.18% as of December 31, 2001.

 

Management considers capital requirements as part of its strategic planning process. The strategic plan calls for continuing increases in assets and liabilities, and the capital required may therefore be in excess of retained earnings. The ability to obtain capital is dependent upon the capital markets as well as performance of the Company. Management regularly evaluates sources of capital and the timing required to meet its strategic objectives.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as disclosures found elsewhere in this Form 10-K, are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments the affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of the servicing assets and interest-only strips and the valuation of other repossessed assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

    Allowance for loan losses.    An allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level deemed appropriate by management to adequately provide for known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio and other extensions of credit, including off-balance sheet credit extensions. The allowance is based upon a continuing review of the portfolio, past loan loss experience and current economic conditions, which may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay, guarantees by government agencies and the underlying collateral value of the loans. Loans which are deemed to be uncollectible are charged off and deducted from the allowance. Changes in these factors and conditions may cause management’s estimate of the allowance to increase or decrease and result in adjustments to the Company’s provision for loan losses.

 

       In determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, the Board Loan Committee initially identifies all classified, restructured or non-performing loans and assesses each loan for impairment, as well as any government guarantees on these loans, which in general do not require an allowance for loan loss. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a valuation allowance is established with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses. The Company measures an impaired loan by using the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate if the loan is not collateral-dependent.

 

       After the specific allowances for loans are allocated, the remaining loans are pooled based on collateral type. A range of potential losses is determined using an eight quarter historical analysis by pool based on the relative carrying value at the time of charge off. In addition, the Board Loan Committee establishes reserve levels for each pool based upon loan type as well as market condition for the underlying collateral, considering such factors as trends in the real estate market, economic uncertainties and other risks, where it is probable that losses could be incurred in future periods. In general there are no reserves established for the government guaranteed portion of loans outstanding. All non-specific reserves are allocated to each of these pools.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

       The reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit are determined based on the historical losses on the underlying collateral of the commitment. The majority of these commitments are on construction loans. The Board Loan Committee also establishes a reserve for each pool based upon loan type as well as market conditions for the underlying real estate or other collateral, considering such factors as trends in the real estate market, economic uncertainties and other risks, where it is probable that losses could be incurred in future periods. In general there are no reserves established for the government guaranteed portion of commitments to extend credit.

 

       Changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, in economic conditions, in historical loss experience and in the condition of the various markets in which collateral may be sold may all affect the required level of the allowance for loan losses and the associated provision for loan losses.

 

    Servicing assets and interest-only strips.    Servicing assets are recognized when loans are sold with servicing retained. Servicing assets are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated future net servicing income. The fair value of servicing assets is estimated by discounting the future cash flows at estimated future current market rates for the expected life of the loans. The Company uses industry prepayment statistics in estimating the expected life of the loan. Management periodically evaluates servicing assets for impairment. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on original term to maturity. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the servicing asset for a stratum exceeds its fair value. In estimating fair values at December 31, 2002, the Company utilized a weighted average prepayment assumption of approximately 7% and a discount rate of 12%. In estimating fair values at December 31, 2001, the Company utilized a weighted average prepayment assumption of approximately 13% and a discount rate of 12%.

 

       Rights to future interest income from serviced loans that exceeds contractually specified servicing fees are classified as interest-only strips. The interest-only strips are accounted for as trading securities and recorded at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses recorded in earnings in the period of change of fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on interest-only strips were not material during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair value of interest-only strips was estimated using a weighted average prepayment assumption of approximately 7% and 14%, respectively, and a discount rate of 12%.

 

      Changes   in these assumptions and economic factors may result in increases or decreases in the valuation of our servicing assets and interest-only strips.

 

    Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Assets.    Real estate or other assets acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell through a charge to the allowance for estimated loan losses. Subsequent declines in value are charged to operations. At December 31, 2001, the repossessed asset is an aircraft. Valuation of the aircraft was done using the collateral method based on a recent appraisal of the underlying collateral. There were no specific reserves on this asset as of December 31, 2001. There were no real estate or other assets acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or other repossessed assets as of December 31, 2002.

 

For further information on these and other significant accounting policies, see Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

 

Recent Accounting Developments

 

SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, is effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. SFAS No. 133, as amended and interpreted, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. Under SFAS No. 133, certain contracts that were not formerly considered derivatives may now meet the definition of a derivative. The Company adopted SFAS No. 133 effective January

 

59


Table of Contents

1, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 did not have a significant impact on the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

 

SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, revises the standards for accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral and requires certain disclosures, but carries over most of the provisions of SFAS No. 125 without reconsideration. SFAS No. 140 is effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001. The statement is effective for recognition and reclassification of collateral and for disclosures relating to securitization transactions and collateral for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2000. The adoption of SFAS No. 140 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, requires that all business combinations be accounted for by a single method—the purchase method. The provisions of this SFAS No. 141 apply to all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 141 also applies to all business combinations accounted for using the purchase method for which the date of acquisition is July 1, 2001, or later. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 141 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, requires that, upon its adoption, amortization of goodwill will cease and instead, the carrying value of goodwill will be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. Identifiable intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their useful lives and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of. SFAS No. 142 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 142 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement cost would be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. The Company has determined that this statement will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets, replaces SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. The provisions of SFAS No. 144 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and supercedes EITF 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF 94-3, a liability for an exit cost as defined in EITF 94-3 was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 146 for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002.

 

60


Table of Contents

 

In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, which provides guidance on the accounting for the acquisition of a financial institution. This statement requires that the excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination represents goodwill that should be accounted for under SFAS No. 142. Thus, the specialized accounting guidance in paragraph 5 of SFAS No. 72, Accounting for Certain Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions, will not apply after September 30, 2002. If certain criteria in SFAS No. 147 are met, the amount of the unidentifiable intangible asset will be reclassified to goodwill upon adoption of the statement. Financial institutions meeting conditions outlined in SFAS No. 147 will be required to restate previously issued financial statements. Additionally, the scope of SFAS No. 144 is amended to include long-term customer-relationship intangible assets such as depositor- and borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholder intangible assets. The Company adopted the new standard as of October 1, 2002 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

In December 2002, SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123, was issued and amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective for annual financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, and for financial reports containing condensed financial statements for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company has not determined whether it will adopt the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees and Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of SFAS Nos. 5, 57 and 107, and rescission of FIN No. 34, Disclosure of Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN No. 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by the guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires that a guarantor recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, while the provisions of the disclosure requirements are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Company believes the adoption of such interpretation will not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. FIN No. 46 requires that variable interest entities be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. FIN No. 46 also requires disclosures about variable interest entities that companies are not required to consolidate but in which a company has a significant variable interest. The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 will apply immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements will apply to entities established prior to January 31, 2003 in the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company does not believe the adoption of such interpretation will have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

Certain information concerning market risk is contained in the notes to the financial statements which are included in Item 8 of this Report and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations which is included as Item 7 of this Report.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2002 and 2001

 

      

2002


      

2001


 
      

(dollars in thousands,
except per share amounts)

 

ASSETS

                     

Cash and cash equivalents

    

$

21,504

 

    

$

38,946

 

Restricted cash

    

 

1,152

 

    

$

—  

 

Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions

    

 

99

 

    

 

596

 

Investments

                     

Trading securities, at fair value

    

 

16,076

 

          

Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost; estimated fair value of $21,631 (2002) and $10,749 (2001)

    

 

21,306

 

    

 

10,626

 

Federal Reserve Bank & Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

    

 

1,548

 

    

 

1,065

 

Loans held for investment

    

 

290,537

 

    

 

269,451

 

Less allowance for loan losses

    

 

(3,945

)

    

 

(2,788

)

      


    


Net loans held for investment

    

 

286,592

 

    

 

266,663

 

Loans held for sale

    

 

52,879

 

    

 

39,023

 

Premises and equipment, net

    

 

4,179

 

    

 

2,924

 

Other repossessed assets

    

 

—  

 

    

 

1,900

 

Accrued interest and other assets

    

 

5,252

 

    

 

5,579

 

Income tax receivable

    

 

309

 

    

 

—  

 

Deferred tax asset, net

    

 

1,705

 

    

 

1,240

 

Servicing assets, net

    

 

2,617

 

    

 

1,307

 

Interest-only strips, at fair value

    

 

480

 

    

 

354

 

      


    


Total assets

    

$

414,546

 

    

$

370,223

 

      


    


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                     

Deposits

                     

Interest bearing

    

$

312,514

 

    

$

295,076

 

Non-interest bearing

    

 

51,438

 

    

 

38,258

 

      


    


Total deposits

    

 

363,952

 

    

 

333,334

 

Trust Preferred Securities

    

 

10,000

 

    

 

10,000

 

Other borrowings

    

 

15,500

 

    

 

5,813

 

Reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit

    

 

174

 

    

 

285

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    

 

5,499

 

    

 

4,290

 

      


    


Total liabilities

    

 

395,125

 

    

 

353,722

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

                     

Shareholders’ equity

                     

Common stock, $ .625 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding, 3,542,000 at December 31, 2002 and 3,311,000 at December 31, 2001

    

 

2,214

 

    

 

2,069

 

Additional paid-in capital

    

 

10,734

 

    

 

9,162

 

Unearned ESOP contribution

    

 

—  

 

    

 

(668

)

Retained earnings

    

 

7,625

 

    

 

5,938

 

      


    


Total shareholders’ equity

    

 

20,573

 

    

 

16,501

 

      


    


Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

    

$

415,698

 

    

$

370,223

 

      


    


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

      

2002


      

2001


    

2000


      

(dollars in thousands,

except per share amounts)

Interest Income:

                            

Interest and fees on loans

    

$

23,322

 

    

$

23,813

    

$

19,933

Interest on cash equivalents

    

 

267

 

    

 

900

    

 

788

Interest on interest bearing deposits in financial institutions

    

 

6

 

    

 

31

    

 

47

Interest on trading securities

    

 

50

 

    

 

—  

    

 

—  

Interest on investment securities

    

 

1,170

 

    

 

461

    

 

408

      


    

    

Total interest income

    

 

24,815

 

    

 

25,205

    

 

21,176

Interest Expense:

                            

Interest expense—deposits

    

 

7,214

 

    

 

11,228

    

 

8,767

Interest expense—other borrowed money

    

 

1,481

 

    

 

1,253

    

 

1,039

      


    

    

Total interest expense

    

 

8,695

 

    

 

12,481

    

 

9,806

      


    

    

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

    

 

16,120

 

    

 

12,724

    

 

11,370

Provision for loan losses

    

 

1,561

 

    

 

1,470

    

 

965

      


    

    

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    

 

14,559

 

    

 

11,254

    

 

10,405

Other operating income:

                            

Net gain on sale of loans

    

 

4,410

 

    

 

1,091

    

 

162

Loan servicing fees, net

    

 

687

 

    

 

129

    

 

654

Customer service charges

    

 

614

 

    

 

533

    

 

394

Gain/ (loss) on other repossessed assets

    

 

(42

)

    

 

—  

    

 

—  

Other fee income

    

 

832

 

    

 

1,206

    

 

972

      


    

    

Total other operating income

    

 

6,501

 

    

 

2,959

    

 

2,182

Other operating expenses:

                            

Salaries and employee benefits

    

 

8,794

 

    

 

6,657

    

 

5,841

Occupancy

    

 

1,337

 

    

 

799

    

 

755

Telephone

    

 

305

 

    

 

295

    

 

270

Premises and equipment

    

 

247

 

    

 

262

    

 

218

Data processing

    

 

625

 

    

 

546

    

 

446

Depreciation expense

    

 

989

 

    

 

637

    

 

526

Marketing and promotions

    

 

267

 

    

 

321

    

 

363

Professional services

    

 

1,077

 

    

 

762

    

 

687

Director, officer and employee expenses

    

 

419

 

    

 

486

    

 

486

Office expenses

    

 

540

 

    

 

413

    

 

327

ESOP loan expense

    

 

—  

 

    

 

153

    

 

205

Other expenses

    

 

1,321

 

    

 

997

    

 

810

      


    

    

Total other operating expenses

    

 

15,921

 

    

 

12,328

    

 

10,934

      


    

    

Income before taxes

    

 

5,139

 

    

 

1,885

    

 

1,653

Income taxes

    

 

2,133

 

    

 

783

    

 

652

      


    

    

Net income

    

$

3,006

 

    

$

1,102

    

$

1,001

      


    

    

Comprehensive income

    

$

3,006

 

    

$

1,102

    

$

1,001

      


    

    

Basic earnings per share

    

$

0.86

 

    

$

0.36

    

$

0.36

      


    

    

Diluted earnings per share

    

$

0.84

 

    

$

0.35

    

$

0.35

      


    

    

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

63


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

    

Common Stock


  

Additional Paid-In Capital


      

Unearned ESOP Contribution


    

Retained Earnings


    

Total


 
    

Shares


    

Amount


             
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at January 1, 2000

  

2,536,981

 

  

$

1,585

  

$

4,609

 

    

$

(692

)

  

$

5,835

 

  

$

11,337

 

Options exercised

  

7,397

 

  

 

5

  

 

20

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

25

 

Dividends paid (fractional shares only)

                                    

 

(1

)

  

 

(1

)

Stock dividend (5% of outstanding)

  

126,911

 

  

 

79

  

 

937

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

(1,016

)

  

 

—  

 

Unearned contributions to ESOP

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

    

 

(325

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(325

)

Allocation of contributions to ESOP

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

(15

)

    

 

220

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

205

 

Repurchase and cancellation of shares

  

(883

)

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

(6

)

  

 

(6

)

Net income

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

1,001

 

  

 

1,001

 

    

  

  


    


  


  


Balance at December 31, 2000

  

2,670,406

 

  

 

1,669

  

 

5,551

 

    

 

(797

)

  

 

5,813

 

  

 

12,236

 

    

  

  


    


  


  


Options exercised

  

10,144

 

  

 

6

  

 

29

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

35

 

Dividends paid (fractional shares only)

                                    

 

(1

)

  

 

(1

)

Stock dividend (5% of outstanding)

  

157,436

 

  

 

98

  

 

878

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

(976

)

  

 

—  

 

Unearned contributions to ESOP

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

    

 

(50

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(50

)

Allocation of contributions to ESOP

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

(26

)

    

 

179

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

153

 

Issuance of common stock, net of expenses of $111,000

  

473,504

 

  

 

296

  

 

2,730

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,026

 

Net income

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

1,102

 

  

 

1,102

 

    

  

  


    


  


  


Balance at December 31, 2001

  

3,311,490

 

  

 

2,069

  

 

9,162

 

    

 

(668

)

  

 

5,938

 

  

 

16,501

 

    

  

  


    


  


  


Options exercised

  

63,941

 

  

 

40

  

 

215

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

255

 

Dividends paid (fractional shares only)

                                    

 

(2

)

  

 

(2

)

Stock dividend (5% of outstanding)

  

166,876

 

  

 

105

  

 

1,212

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

(1,317

)

  

 

—  

 

Sold unallocated ESOP shares

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

145

 

    

 

668

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

813

 

Net income

  

—  

 

  

 

—  

  

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

  

 

3,006

 

  

 

3,006

 

    

  

  


    


  


  


Balance at December 31, 2002

  

3,542,307

 

  

$

2,214

  

$

10,734

 

    

$

—  

 

  

$

7,625

 

  

$

20,573

 

    

  

  


    


  


  


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

64


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

      

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                                

Net income

    

$

3,006

 

    

$

1,102

 

    

$

1,001

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                                

Depreciation and amortization

    

 

793

 

    

 

632

 

    

 

526

 

Loss on disposal of premises and equipment

    

 

196

 

    

 

5

 

    

 

—  

 

Provision for loan losses

    

 

1,561

 

    

 

1,470

 

    

 

965

 

Net accretion of discount on securities held-to-maturity

    

 

(120

)

    

 

(122

)

    

 

(7

)

ESOP compensation

    

 

—  

 

    

 

153

 

    

 

205

 

Net gain on sale of loans

    

 

(4,410

)

    

 

(1,091

)

    

 

(162

)

Loss on sale of other repossessed assets

    

 

42

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Deferred income taxes (benefit)

    

 

(465

)

    

 

(568

)

    

 

72

 

Change in value of interest-only strips

    

 

(68

)

    

 

155

 

    

 

42

 

Capitalization of interest-only strips

    

 

(59

)

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Capitalization of servicing asset

    

 

(1,371

)

    

 

(248

)

    

 

—  

 

Amortization of servicing asset

    

 

260

 

    

 

229

 

    

 

259

 

Change in valuation allowance for servicing asset

    

 

(199

)

    

 

249

 

    

 

—  

 

Unrealized gain on trading securities

    

 

(26

)

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Origination of loans held for sale

    

 

(110,249

)

    

 

(70,588

)

    

 

(26,030

)

Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale

    

 

114,610

 

    

 

68,264

 

    

 

16,068

 

Increase (decrease) in reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit

    

 

(111

)

    

 

47

 

    

 

30

 

Decrease (increase) in accrued interest and other assets

    

 

18

 

    

 

(1,215

)

    

 

(1,407

)

Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities

    

 

1,209

 

    

 

(319

)

    

 

1,536

 

      


    


    


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    

 

4,617

 

    

 

(1,845

)

    

 

(6,902

)

      


    


    


Cash flows from investing activities:

                                

Origination of loans held for investment

    

 

(198,893

)

    

 

(196,519

)

    

 

(200,190

)

Proceeds from principal paid on loans held for investment

    

 

163,488

 

    

 

136,315

 

    

 

108,248

 

Net change in interest bearing deposits in financial institutions

    

 

497

 

    

 

194

 

    

 

10

 

Purchase of trading securities

    

 

(27,050

)

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Sale of trading securities

    

 

11,000

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Maturities of securities held-to-maturity

    

 

5,969

 

    

 

2,310

 

    

 

500

 

Purchases of securities held-to-maturity

    

 

(16,529

)

    

 

(5,995

)

    

 

(567

)

Purchases of Federal Reserve & Federal Home Loan Bank stocks

    

 

(1,386

)

    

 

(950

)

    

 

(172

)

Sales of Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    

 

903

 

    

 

310

 

    

 

—  

 

Proceeds from sale of other repossessed assets

    

 

1,966

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Additions to premises and equipment

    

 

(2,243

)

    

 

(1,248

)

    

 

(447

)

      


    


    


Net cash used in investing activities

    

 

(62,278

)

    

 

(65,583

)

    

 

(92,618

)

      


    


    


 

(Continued)

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

65


Table of Contents
      

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                                

Net increase in deposits:

                                

Interest bearing

    

$

17,438

 

    

$

75,705

 

    

$

89,576

 

Non-interest bearing

    

 

13,180

 

    

 

4,932

 

    

 

5,729

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    

 

255

 

    

 

35

 

    

 

25

 

Cash dividends paid

    

 

(2

)

    

 

(1

)

    

 

(1

)

Repayment of borrowings

    

 

(813

)

    

 

(153

)

    

 

(3,380

)

Proceeds from borrowings

    

 

10,500

 

    

 

5,000

 

    

 

10,025

 

Proceeds from sale of unallocated ESOP shares

    

 

813

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

—  

 

Proceeds from stock offering, net of expenses

    

 

—  

 

    

 

3,026

 

    

 

—  

 

      


    


    


Net cash provided by financing activities

    

 

41,371

 

    

 

88,544

 

    

 

101,974

 

      


    


    


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    

 

(16,290

)

    

 

21,116

 

    

 

2,454

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    

 

38,946

 

    

 

17,830

 

    

 

15,376

 

      


    


    


Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

    

$

22,656

 

    

$

38,946

 

    

$

17,830

 

      


    


    


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                                

Cash paid during the year for:

                                

Interest on time deposits

    

 

6,853

 

    

 

9,643

 

    

 

734

 

Interest on other borrowings

    

 

1,458

 

    

 

1,239

 

    

 

6,743

 

Total interest paid

    

$

8,311

 

    

$

10,882

 

    

$

7,477

 

      


    


    


Income Taxes

    

$

3,300

 

    

$

1,140

 

    

$

1,050

 

      


    


    


Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities:

                                

Loans transferred to other repossessed assets

    

$

108

 

    

$

1,900

 

    

$

—  

 

      


    


    


Loans held for investment transferred to held for sale

    

$

22,853

 

    

$

35,674

 

    

$

—  

 

      


    


    


Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities:

                                

Unearned contribution to ESOP

    

$

—  

 

    

$

50

 

    

$

325

 

      


    


    


 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

66


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002

 

1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

 

Basis of presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Community Bancorp Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Community National Bank, formerly Fallbrook National Bank, (the “Bank”) and Community (CA) Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), (collectively the “Company”). Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Community Bancorp Inc. is a bank holding company, incorporated in the state of Delaware, that was organized for the purpose of acquiring all the capital stock of the Bank through a holding company reorganization (the “Reorganization”) of the Bank, which was consummated on June 25, 1999. The Reorganization was based on a one for one exchange of shares of Bank stock for shares of common stock of Community Bancorp Inc. Such business combination was accounted for at historical cost similar to a pooling of interests.

 

On July 27, 2001, the Company completed the private placement of 522,024 shares (adjusted for stock dividends) of common stock at an average price of $6.01 per share (adjusted for stock dividends) to certain “accredited investors” including certain directors and related interests. Gross proceeds were approximately $3,137,500.

 

Nature of Operations

 

The Company is headquartered in Escondido, California and operates additional branch offices in Bonsall, Fallbrook, Temecula and Vista, California. The Company’s primary sources of revenue are Small Business Administration (“SBA”), construction, and other real estate based loans to individuals and small to middle-market businesses.

 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“generally accepted accounting principles”) and to general practices within the banking industry. The following is a description of the more significant policies.

 

Investment Securities

 

Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If management has the intent and the Company has the ability at the time of purchase to hold securities until maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities held-to-maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts over the period to maturity of the related security using the interest method. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time, but not necessarily to be held-to-maturity or on a long-term basis, are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes. Realized gains or losses on the sale of securities available-for-sale, if any, are determined using the amortized cost of the specific securities sold. Securities to be purchased or sold on an regular basis are classified as trading securities and carried at fair value. Realized gains or losses are recorded through the statement of income as other fee income. Securities purchased in non-marketable securities are recorded at cost and assessed for impairment on a periodic basis.

 

The Company has invested in a limited partnership that was formed to develop and operate six properties with a total of 352 affordable housing units for lower income tenants throughout the state of California. The

 

67


Table of Contents

Company’s ownership in the limited partnership is 6.4%. The cost of the investment is being amortized on a level-yield method over the life of the related tax credits. The partnership must meet the regulatory requirements for affordable housing for a minimum 15-year compliance period to fully utilize the tax credits. If the partnership ceases to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may be denied for any period in which the projects are not in compliance and a portion of the credits previously taken is subject to recapture with interest. The remaining federal tax credits to be utilized over a multiple-year period are $1.1 million as of December 31, 2002. The Company’s usage of tax credits approximated $5,000 during 2002. Investment amortization amounted to $11,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

The Company has an obligation to purchase $462,000 of additional interests in such investments, which is expected to be made in 2003. The balance of the investment as of December 31, 2002 was $527,000, net.

 

Loans and Loan Fees

 

Loans held for investment are stated at the principal amount outstanding. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, determined on an aggregate basis, where market is determined based on market prices and dealer quotes.

 

Interest income on loans is recorded on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of the respective loan. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in management’s judgment, a reasonable doubt exists as to the collectibility of interest and principal or when the principal and interest due on a loan becomes delinquent for 90 days. When loans are placed on nonaccrual status, all interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on nonaccrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and the loan’s principal balance is deemed collectible. Nonaccrual loans that become current as to both principal and interest are returned to accrual status.

 

Nonrefundable fees and related direct costs associated with the origination of loans are deferred and netted against outstanding loan balances. Net deferred fees and costs are recognized into interest income over the contractual life of the loan using the interest method. The amortization of loan fees is discontinued on nonaccrual loans.

 

Other fees on loans are recorded as income when earned.

 

Loan Sales and Servicing

 

The Company originates loans to customers under a SBA program that generally provides for SBA guarantees of 70% to 90% of each loan. During 2000 and the first half of 2001, the Company retained both the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of SBA 7a loans originated. During the latter half of 2001, the Company reached certain targets with regards to asset and liability mix and therefore began selling a portion of the SBA 7a loans originated. On loans sold, the Company allocates the carrying value of such loans between the portion sold and the portion retained, based upon estimates of their relative fair value at the time of sale. The difference between the adjusted carrying value and the face amount of the portion retained is amortized to interest income over the life of the related loan using the interest method.

 

Servicing assets are recognized when loans are sold with servicing retained. Servicing assets are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated future net servicing income. The fair value of servicing assets is estimated by discounting the future cash flows at estimated future current market rates for the expected life of the loans. The Company uses industry prepayment statistics in estimating the expected life of the loan. Management periodically evaluates servicing assets for impairment. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified based on original term to maturity. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the servicing asset for a stratum exceeds its fair value. In estimating fair values at December 31, 2002, the Company utilized a weighted average prepayment assumption of approximately 7% and a discount rate of 12%. In

 

68


Table of Contents

estimating fair values at December 31, 2001, the Company utilized a weighted average prepayment assumption of approximately 14% and a discount rate of 12%.

 

Rights to future interest income from serviced loans that exceeds contractually specified servicing fees are classified as interest-only strips. The interest-only strips are accounted for as trading securities and recorded at fair value with any unrealized gains or losses recorded in earnings in the period of change of fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on interest-only strips were not material during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair value of interest-only strips was estimated using a weighted average prepayment assumption of approximately 7% and 14%, respectively, and a discount rate of 12%.

 

The principal balances of SBA loans serviced for others was $117,220,000, $69,602,000 and $77,580,000 at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

 

Other Repossessed Assets

 

Other repossessed assets acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are initially recorded at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell through a charge to the allowance for estimated loan losses. Subsequent declines in value are charged to operations. At December 31, 2001, the other repossessed asset is an aircraft. Valuation of the aircraft was based on a recent appraisal of the underlying collateral. There are no specific reserves on this asset as of December 31, 2001. There were no other repossessed assets acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or other repossessed assets as of December 31, 2002.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

An allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level deemed appropriate by management to adequately provide for known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio and other extensions of credit. The allowance is based upon a continuing review of the portfolio, past loan loss experience and current economic conditions, which may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay, guarantees by government agencies and the underlying collateral value of the loans. Loans which are deemed to be uncollectible are charged off and deducted from the allowance. The provision for loan losses and recoveries on loans previously charged off are added to the allowance. The Company also provides a reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit. The allowance for such commitments is recorded as a liability on the accompanying balance sheets and is determined based upon the historical loan loss experience of the underlying collateral.

 

The Company’s impaired loans comprise all nonaccrual loans and any loan where the original contractual amount may not be fully collectible. The Company measures an impaired loan by using the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate if the loan is not collateral-dependent.

 

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a valuation allowance is established with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses.

 

In determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, the Board Loan Committee initially identifies all classified, restructured or non-performing loans and assesses each loan for impairment. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a valuation allowance is established with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses. The Company measures an impaired loan by using the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate if the loan is not collateral-dependent.

 

69


Table of Contents

 

After the specific allowances for loans are allocated, the remaining loans are pooled based on collateral type. A range of potential losses is determined using an eight quarter historical analysis by pool. In addition, the Board Loan Committee establishes a minimum amount of reserves for each pool, which is utilized if there have been minimal or no losses within each of the pools. All non-specific reserves are allocated to each of these pools.

 

The reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit are determined based on the historical losses on the underlying collateral of the commitment. The majority of these commitments are on construction loans. The Board Loan Committee also establishes a minimum amount of reserves for each pool, which is utilized if there have been minimal or no losses within each of the pools.

 

Changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, in economic conditions, in historical loss experience and in the condition of the various markets in which collateral may be sold may all affect the required level of the allowance for loan losses and the associated provision for loan losses.

 

Premises and Equipment

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to operating expense using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is less. Buildings are depreciated straight-line over 40 years. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

 

Derivatives and Hedging Activity

 

The Company may use derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure arising from changes in interest rates. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. Effective January 1, 2001, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS Nos. 137 and 138. Under these standards, the Company records derivatives on the balance sheet as assets or liabilities, measured at fair value. Gains and losses resulting from changes in those fair values are accounted for depending on the use of the derivative and whether or not it qualifies for hedge accounting. The interest rate swap agreement was classified as a fair value hedge of the trust preferred securities; consequently, the changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap recognized in earnings are offset by recognizing changes in the fair value of the hedged trust preferred securities. As the hedging relationship met certain conditions provided for in SFAS No. 133, the Company assumes no ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements in 2002.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of common stock, common stock equivalents, and other potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period.

 

70


Table of Contents

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash, due from banks, federal funds sold and liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, cash and cash equivalents included federal funds sold of $9,690,000 and $28,090,000, respectively.

 

Use of Estimates

 

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period to prepare these financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of the servicing assets and interest-only strips and the valuation of other repossessed assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Stock Option Plans

 

The Company accounts for stock options using the intrinsic value method under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25 and provides proforma net income and proforma earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants as if the fair-value-based method, defined in SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, had been applied. Had the Company determined compensation cost based on the fair value at the grant date for its stock options under SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 

    

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 

Net income, as reported

  

$

3,006,000

 

    

$

1,102,000

 

    

$

1,001,000

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the intrinsic value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

  

 

(236,000

)

    

 

(225,000

)

    

 

(240,000

)

    


    


    


Proforma net income

  

$

2,770,000

 

    

$

877,000

 

    

$

761,000

 

    


    


    


Basic income per share, as reported

  

$

0.86

 

    

$

0.36

 

    

$

0.36

 

Proforma basic income per share

  

$

0.79

 

    

$

0.29

 

    

$

0.27

 

Diluted income per share, as reported

  

$

0.84

 

    

$

0.35

 

    

$

0.35

 

Proforma diluted income per share

  

$

0.77

 

    

$

0.28

 

    

$

0.27

 

 

Recent Accounting Developments

 

SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, is effective for all fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000. SFAS No. 133, as amended and interpreted, establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. Under SFAS No. 133, certain contracts that were not formerly considered derivatives may now meet the definition of a derivative. The Company adopted SFAS No. 133 effective January 1, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 133 did not have a significant impact on the financial position, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.

 

SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, revises the standards for accounting for securitizations and other transfers of financial assets and collateral and requires certain disclosures, but carries over most of the provisions of SFAS No. 125 without reconsideration. SFAS No. 140 is effective for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after March 31, 2001. The statement is effective for recognition and reclassification of collateral and for disclosures relating to securitization transactions and collateral for fiscal years ending after

 

71


Table of Contents

December 15, 2000. The adoption of SFAS No. 140 did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, requires that all business combinations be accounted for by a single method—the purchase method. The provisions of this SFAS No. 141 apply to all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 141 also applies to all business combinations accounted for using the purchase method for which the date of acquisition is July 1, 2001, or later. The adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 141 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, requires that, upon its adoption, amortization of goodwill will cease and instead, the carrying value of goodwill will be evaluated for impairment on an annual basis. Identifiable intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their useful lives and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of. SFAS No. 142 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 142 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, requires that the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation be recognized in the period in which it is incurred, if a reasonable estimate of fair value can be made. The associated asset retirement cost would be capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset. SFAS No. 143 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. The Company has determined that this statement will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets, replaces SFAS No. 121. SFAS No. 144 requires that long-lived assets be measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell, whether reported in continuing operations or in discontinued operations. SFAS No. 144 also broadens the reporting of discontinued operations to include all components of an entity with operations that can be distinguished from the rest of the entity and that will be eliminated from the ongoing operations of the entity in a disposal transaction. The provisions of SFAS No. 144 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The adoption of SFAS No. 144 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and supercedes EITF 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring). SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF 94-3, a liability for an exit cost as defined in EITF 94-3 was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 also establishes that the liability should initially be measured and recorded at fair value. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 146 for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002.

 

In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions, which provides guidance on the accounting for the acquisition of a financial institution. This statement requires that the excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination represents goodwill that should be accounted for under SFAS No. 142. Thus, the specialized accounting guidance in paragraph 5 of SFAS No. 72, Accounting for Certain Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions, will not apply after September 30, 2002. If certain criteria in SFAS No. 147 are met, the amount of the unidentifiable intangible asset will be reclassified to goodwill upon adoption of the statement. Financial institutions meeting conditions outlined in SFAS No. 147 will be required to restate previously issued financial statements. Additionally, the scope of SFAS No. 144 is amended to include long-term

 

72


Table of Contents

customer-relationship intangible assets such as depositor- and borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholder intangible assets. The Company adopted the new standard as of October 1, 2002 and the adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

In December 2002, SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123, was issued and amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. The provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective for annual financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, and for financial reports containing condensed financial statements for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company has not determined whether it will adopt the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation (FIN) No. 45, Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees and Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of SFAS Nos. 5, 57 and 107, and rescission of FIN No. 34, Disclosure of Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others. FIN No. 45 elaborates on the disclosures to be made by the guarantor in its interim and annual financial statements about its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires that a guarantor recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of the interpretation are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002, while the provisions of the disclosure requirements are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. The Company believes the adoption of such interpretation will not have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The Company has standby letters of credit totaling approximately $2.2 million as of December 31, 2002.

 

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. FIN No. 46 requires that variable interest entities be consolidated by a company if that company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or is entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns or both. FIN No. 46 also requires disclosures about variable interest entities that companies are not required to consolidate but in which a company has a significant variable interest. The consolidation requirements of FIN No. 46 will apply immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements will apply to entities established prior to January 31, 2003 in the first fiscal year or interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company does not believe the adoption of such interpretation will have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

2.    Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank Stocks:

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had Federal Reserve Bank stock in the amount of $569,000 and $515,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had Federal Home Loan Bank stock in the amount of $979,200 and $550,000, respectively.

 

73


Table of Contents

 

3.    Investment Securities:

 

The Company held $569,000 in Federal Reserve Bank stock as of December 31, 2002, compared to $515,000 as of December 31, 2001. The Company held $979,000 in Federal Home Loan Bank stock as of December 31, 2002, compared to $550,000 as of December 31, 2001.

 

In 2002, the Company purchased investments in a mutual fund whose primary investment is in adjustable agency mortgage backed securities. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $16.1 million in such investment. This investment is being held as a trading security. There were no investments in mutual funds or trading securities as of December 31, 2001.

 

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and estimated fair value of investment securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 

      

Amortized Cost


    

Gross Unrealized Gains


    

Gross Unrealized Losses


      

Estimated Fair Value


      

(dollars in thousands)

2002

                                     

US Government agency and other securities

    

$

5,037

    

$

154

    

$

—  

 

    

$

5,191

Agency mortgage backed securities

    

 

14,921

    

 

168

    

 

—  

 

    

 

15,089

SBA loan pools

    

 

1,348

    

 

3

    

 

—  

 

    

 

1,351

      

    

    


    

Total

    

$

21,306

    

$

325

    

$

—  

 

    

$

21,631

      

    

    


    

2001

                                     

US Government agency and other securities

    

$

6,012

    

$

152

    

$

(4

)

    

$

6,160

Agency mortgage backed securities

    

 

3,031

    

 

8

    

 

(32

)

    

 

3,007

SBA loan pools

    

 

1,583

    

 

—  

    

 

(1

)

    

 

1,582

      

    

    


    

Total

    

$

10,626

    

$

160

    

$

(37

)

    

$

10,749

      

    

    


    

 

The scheduled maturities of investment securities held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2002 were as follows:

 

      

Amortized Cost


    

Estimated Fair Value


    

Weighted Average Interest Rate


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Year maturing

                          

Due in one year or less

    

$

1,498

    

$

1,536

    

5.90

%

Due greater than one year through five years

    

 

3,004

    

 

3,120

    

5.06

%

Due greater than ten years*

    

 

535

    

 

535

    

2.46

%

      

    

        

Subtotal U.S. Government agencies and other securities

    

 

5,037

    

 

5,191

    

5.03

%

Mortgage backed securities due greater than five years through ten years

    

 

4,630

    

 

4,752

    

3.47

%

Mortgage backed securities due greater than ten years

    

 

10,291

    

 

10,337

    

4.55

%

      

    

        

Subtotal mortgage backed securities

    

 

14,921

    

 

15,089

    

4.22

%

SBA loan pools due greater than ten years

    

 

1,348

    

 

1,351

    

3.04

%

      

    

        

Total

    

$

21,306

    

$

21,631

    

4.40

%

      

    

        

*Note:   weighted average interest rate is based on a tax equivalent yield.

 

As of December 31, 2002, the Bank had pledged $8.0 million of its securities for public deposits and other purposes.

 

74


Table of Contents

 

4.    Loans Held for Investment and Held for Sale and Related Allowance for Loan Losses:

 

A summary of loans as of December 31 is as follows:

 

    

2002


    

2001


 
    

Loans Held for Sale


    

Loans Held for Investment


    

Total Loans


    

Loans Held for Sale


    

Loans Held for Investment


    

Total Loans


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Construction loans

  

$

—  

 

  

$

67,445

 

  

$

67,445

 

  

$

—  

 

  

$

60,264

 

  

$

60,264

 

Real estate one- to four-family

  

 

3,219

 

  

 

13,634

 

  

 

16,853

 

  

 

3,724

 

  

 

7,634

 

  

 

11,358

 

Real estate commercial and multi-family

  

 

49,619

 

  

 

158,189

 

  

 

207,808

 

  

 

35,138

 

  

 

154,257

 

  

 

189,395

 

Consumer home equity lines of credit

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,394

 

  

 

3,394

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

2,615

 

  

 

2,615

 

Other consumer

  

 

—  

 

  

 

3,928

 

  

 

3,928

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

5,635

 

  

 

5,635

 

Commercial

  

 

—  

 

  

 

16,408

 

  

 

16,408

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

15,332

 

  

 

15,332

 

Aircraft

  

 

—  

 

  

 

29,462

 

  

 

29,462

 

  

 

—  

 

  

 

23,929

 

  

 

23,929

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


                                                       

Total gross loans

  

 

52,838

 

  

 

292,460

 

  

 

345,298

 

  

 

38,862

 

  

 

269,666

 

  

 

308,528

 

Deferred loan origination costs (fees)

  

 

195

 

  

 

(557

)

  

 

(362

)

  

 

223

 

  

 

394

 

  

 

617

 

Discount on unguaranteed portion of SBA loans retained

  

 

(154

)

  

 

(1,366

)

  

 

(1,520

)

  

 

(62

)

  

 

(609

)

  

 

(671

)

Allowance for loan losses

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(3,945

)

  

 

(3,945

)

  

 

—  

 

  

 

(2,788

)

  

 

(2,788

)

    


  


  


  


  


  


Net loans

  

$

52,879

 

  

$

286,592

 

  

$

339,471

 

  

$

39,023

 

  

$

266,663

 

  

$

305,686

 

    


  


  


  


  


  


 

The Company’s lending activities are concentrated primarily in Riverside and San Diego counties of Southern California. Although the Company seeks to avoid undue concentrations of loans to a single industry based upon a single class of collateral, real estate and real estate associated business areas are among the principal industries in the Company’s market area. As a result, the Company’s loan and collateral portfolios are, to a significant degree, concentrated in those industries. The Company evaluates each credit on an individual basis and determines collateral requirements accordingly. When real estate is taken as collateral, advances are generally limited to a certain percentage of the appraised value of the collateral at the time the loan is made, depending on the type of loan, the underlying property and other factors.

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had commitments to extend credit on construction and other loans of $85.4 million and $63.9 million, respectively.

 

The maturity distribution of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2002 is as follows:

 

      

Loans Held for Sale


    

Loans Held for Investment


    

Total Loans


      

(dollars in thousands)

Less than one year

    

$

5,162

    

$

122,991

    

$

128,153

One to five years

    

 

807

    

 

43,071

    

 

43,878

After five years

    

 

46,869

    

 

126,398

    

 

173,267

      

    

    

Total gross loans

    

$

52,838

    

$

292,460

    

$

345,298

      

    

    

 

75


Table of Contents

 

The interest rate sensitivity of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2002 is as follows:

 

      

Loans Held for Sale


    

Loans Held for Investment


    

Total Loans


      

(dollars in thousands)

Fixed rate loans

    

$

13,650

    

$

36,271

    

$

49,921

Variable rate loans

    

 

39,188

    

 

256,189

    

 

295,377

      

    

    

Total gross loans

    

$

52,838

    

$

292,460

    

$

345,298

      

    

    

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the government guaranteed portion of total gross loans was $32.1 million and $48.6 million, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2002, the loans to one borrower limit was $5.4 million.

 

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses on loans held for investment, which includes provisions for impaired loans, is as follows:

 

      

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Balance, beginning of year

    

$

2,788

 

    

$

1,988

 

    

$

1,119

 

Provision for loan losses

    

 

1,561

 

    

 

1,470

 

    

 

965

 

Losses charged off

    

 

(531

)

    

 

(687

)

    

 

(138

)

Recoveries

    

 

16

 

    

 

64

 

    

 

72

 

Less: Provision for losses on commitments to extend credit

    

 

111

 

    

 

(47

)

    

 

(30

)

      


    


    


Allowance for losses on loans outstanding

    

$

3,945

 

    

$

2,788

 

    

$

1,988

 

      


    


    


 

The Company’s allowance for loan losses consists of a specific and general allowance. The specific allowance is further broken down to provide for those impaired loans and the remaining internally classified loans. The impairment allowance is defined as the difference between the recorded value and the fair value of the impaired loans. The general allowance is determined by an assessment of the overall quality of the unclassified portion of the loan portfolio as a whole, and by loan type.

 

In determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, the Board Loan Committee, as part of the Company’s normal internal asset review process, initially identifies all classified, restructured or non-performing loans and assesses each loan for impairment. The Company evaluates all loans in its portfolio on an individual basis with the exception of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and consumer loans, which are evaluated on a collective basis. Loans are considered impaired when it is probable that a creditor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans greater than 90 days delinquent are not necessarily considered impaired unless other factors apply to the loans, such as knowledge that the collection of the loan will only come from the collateral and that collateral is known to have deteriorated. If the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, a valuation allowance is established with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses. Where impairment is considered permanent, a charge off is recorded. The Company measures an impaired loan by using the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate if the loan is not collateral-dependent. In general, there are no reserves established for the government guaranteed portion of loans outstanding.

 

After the specific allowances for loans are allocated, the remaining loans are pooled based on collateral type. A range of potential losses is determined using an eight quarter historical analysis by pool, based on charge offs relative to the carrying value of each pool. In addition, the Board Loan Committee establishes reserves for each pool based on loan type, market condition for the underlying real estate or other collateral, trends in industry

 

76


Table of Contents

types, economic changes and other risks. In general, there are no reserves established for the government guaranteed portion of loans outstanding. All non-specific reserves are allocated to each of these pools.

 

The reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit are determined based on the historical losses on the underlying collateral of the commitment. The majority of these commitments are on construction loans. The Board Loan Committee also establishes reserves for each pool based on loan type, market condition for the underlying real estate or other collateral, trends in industry types, economic changes and other risks .

 

Changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, in economic conditions, in historical loss experience and in the condition of the various markets in which collateral may be sold may all affect the required level of the allowance for loan losses and the associated provision for loan losses.

 

The provision for losses on commitments to extend credit is primarily related to undisbursed funds on construction loans. The Company evaluates credit risk associated with the commitments to extend credit at the same time it evaluates credit risk associated with the loan portfolio. However, the allowances necessary for the commitments is reported separately in liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, and not as part of the allowance for loan losses, as presented above. The reserve for losses on commitments to extend credit was $174,000 and $285,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

Loans with principal balances of $2,254,000 ($1,603,000 guaranteed by the SBA), $3,174,000 ($2,063,000 guaranteed by the SBA), and $57,000 ($20,000 guaranteed by the SBA) were on nonaccrual status as of December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Additional interest income of $174,000, $165,000, and $9,000 would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively, if nonaccrual loans had been performing in accordance with their original terms. Interest income of $11,000, $300,000, and $53,000 was recorded on loans subsequently transferred to nonaccrual status for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

 

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize estimated losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions and the repayment capabilities of the borrowers. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments related to information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

The following table presents a breakdown of impaired loans and any impairment allowance related to impaired loans as of December 31, 2002 and 2001:

 

      

2002


    

2001


      

Impaired Loans


    

Impairment Allowance


    

Impaired Loans


    

Impairment Allowance


      

(dollars in thousands)

Commercial

    

$

23

    

$

23

    

$

16

    

$

16

SBA

    

 

2,216

    

 

544

    

 

3,129

    

 

983

Consumer

    

 

15

    

 

6

    

 

29

    

 

29

      

    

    

    

Total impaired loans

    

$

2,254

    

$

573

    

$

3,174

    

$

1,028

      

    

    

    

 

Based on the Company’s evaluation process to determine the level of the allowance for loan losses mentioned previously and as the majority of the Company’s non-performing loans are secured, management believes the allowance level to be adequate as of December 31, 2002 to absorb the estimated known and inherent risks identified through its analysis. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 interest income of $128,000, $28,000, and $56,000 was recorded on impaired loans on a cash basis, respectively, and the average

 

77


Table of Contents

balance of impaired loans was $3,064,000, $2,798,000, and $1,575,000, respectively. Loans contractually past due 90 days or more and still accruing as of December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 were none, $29,000 and none, respectively.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain directors and their affiliates under terms which are consistent with the Company’s general lending policies.

 

The activity for loans outstanding with these directors and their affiliates as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 is as follows:

 

      

2002


      

2001


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Balance, beginning of year

    

$

2,423

 

    

$

699

 

Loans granted, including renewals

    

 

3,120

 

    

 

1,809

 

Repayments

    

 

(962

)

    

 

(85

)

      


    


Balance, end of year

    

$

4,581

 

    

$

2,423

 

      


    


 

The Company had no additional commitments for loans to affiliates as of December 31, 2002 and 2001.

 

5.    Premises and Equipment:

 

Premises and equipment as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 

      

2002


      

2001


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Land

    

$

357

 

    

$

357

 

Building

    

 

200

 

    

 

200

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

    

 

4,794

 

    

 

3,703

 

Leasehold improvements

    

 

1,911

 

    

 

1,316

 

      


    


      

 

7,262

 

    

 

5,576

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

    

 

(3,083

)

    

 

(2,652

)

      


    


      

$

4,179

 

    

$

2,924

 

      


    


 

6.    Sales and Servicing of SBA Loans:

 

The Company generates revenues from the origination of loans with guarantees by the SBA and the sale of guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of those loans in the secondary market. The Company retains the servicing on the sale of SBA 7a loans that creates loan servicing income. The Company is servicing for others 292, 222 and 250 loans with an outstanding balance of $$117.2 million, $69.6 million and $77.6 million at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The Company sold $53,996,000, $10,806,000, and none in SBA 7a loans in 2002, 2001, and 2000, resulting in gains of $4.2 million, $780,000 and $0, respectively.

 

The activity for the servicing asset for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 is summarized as follows:

 

      

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

    

$

1,307

 

    

$

1,537

 

    

$

1,796

 

Servicing assets recognized on SBA loans sold

    

 

1,371

 

    

 

248

 

    

 

—  

 

Amortization

    

 

(260

)

    

 

(229

)

    

 

(259

)

Recovery of (provision for) valuation reserve

    

 

199

 

    

 

(249

)

    

 

—  

 

      


    


    


Balance at end of year

    

$

2,617

 

    

$

1,307

 

    

$

1,537

 

      


    


    


 

78


Table of Contents

 

The recovery or provision for market valuation changes is included in loan servicing fees in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income in 2002 and 2001. The Company and the industry experienced a significant increase in prepayments during the year ended December 31, 2001, compared to the years ended in 2002 and 2000, which resulted in a reserve for the servicing asset totaling $249,000. Due to the decrease in SBA loan prepayments during year ended December 31, 2002 the Company recovered $199,000 of the previously reserved amount.

 

For purposes of measuring impairment, the servicing rights are stratified based on original term to maturity. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount by which the servicing assets for a stratum exceeds its fair value. The weighted average prepayment speed was 7.22% as of December 31, 2002 compared to 13.53% as of December 31, 2001. The discount rate utilized for both December 31, 2002 and 2001 was 12.00%.

 

The fair value of the loan servicing rights at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was $2.6 million, $1.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

 

7.    Deposits and Interest Expense:

 

Deposits by major classification as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 

      

2002


    

2001


      

(dollars in thousands)

Non-interest bearing demand

    

$

51,438

    

$

38,258

Interest bearing demand

    

 

36,860

    

 

28,010

Money market savings

    

 

37,403

    

 

48,224

Savings

    

 

13,746

    

 

11,709

Time deposits $100,000 or more

    

 

136,856

    

 

127,157

Time deposits under $100,000

    

 

87,649

    

 

79,976

      

    

Total

    

$

363,952

    

$

333,334

      

    

 

Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 is comprised of the following:

 

      

2002


    

2001


    

2000


      

(dollars in thousands)

Interest bearing demand

    

$

128

    

$

247

    

$

228

Money market savings

    

 

669

    

 

1,225

    

 

896

Savings

    

 

93

    

 

217

    

 

310

Time deposits, $100,000 or more

    

 

3,827

    

 

5,370

    

 

3,304

Time deposits under $100,000

    

 

2,497

    

 

4,169

    

 

4,029

      

    

    

Total

    

$

7,214

    

$

11,228

    

$

8,767

      

    

    

 

79


Table of Contents

 

The following summarizes the scheduled maturity of time deposits as of December 31, 2002:

 

      

(dollars in thousands)


2003

    

$

219,175

2004

    

 

4,874

2005

    

 

303

2006

    

 

83

2007

    

 

70

      

Total

    

$

224,505

      

      

(dollars in thousands)


Three months or less

    

$

87,192

Over three months to six months

    

 

57,678

Over six months to twelve months

    

 

74,305

Over twelve months

    

 

5,330

      

Total

    

$

224,505

      

 

8.    Other Borrowed Funds:

 

On March 23, 2000, the Company’s wholly owned subsidiary, Community (CA) Capital Trust I (the “Trust”), a Delaware business trust, issued $10.0 million of 11.0% Fixed Rate Capital Trust Pass-through Securities (“TRUPS-Registered Trademark”), with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The securities have semi-annual interest payments, with principal due at maturity in 2030. The Trust used the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase junior subordinated debentures of the Company. The Company received $9.7 million from the Trust upon issuance of the junior subordinated debentures, of which $3.2 million was used to pay off borrowings of the Company, and $5.8 million was contributed to the Bank to increase its capital. As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, $10.0 million of trust preferred securities were outstanding. The Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement on December 16, 2002 in order to hedge the Trust securities (see note 9).

 

During 2001, the Company obtained a line of credit with a lender which provides up to $2,000,000 through December 28, 2007 bearing interest at the prime rate plus 0.75%, with a floor of 7.50%, as defined in the agreement. The line of credit was obtained to increase capital at the Bank. Interest is payable quarterly beginning September 28, 2001, and the effective rate at December 31, 2002 was 7.50% with an outstanding balance of $2,000,000. Principal and interest payments begin on March 28, 2003. The line of credit is collateralized by shares of the Bank’s common stock. The loan documents require the Company to obtain the prior consent of the lender before paying any cash dividend and before incurring additional indebtedness in excess of an additional $2.0 million outside the normal course of business.

 

During 2001, the Company obtained an open ended line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (the “FHLB”), which provides up to $32.7 million as of December 31, 2002. Interest rates vary based upon the term of the borrowing at the time of the advance. The line of credit was obtained to maintain liquidity at the Bank. Interest is payable on a monthly basis, and the effective rate at December 31, 2002 was 1.36%. The outstanding balance was $13,500,000 as of December 31, 2002, and the average balance of the advances for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $12,511,000. The weighted average interest rate was 1.81% for the year ended December 31, 2002. The line of credit requires that collateral in the form of loans or securities be pledged as security for the loan. As of December 31, 2002, loans with a principal balance of $66.9 million were pledged to the FHLB as collateral for the line. In addition to the collateral requirement, the Company is required to purchase FHLB stock. The Company had $979,000 in FHLB stock as of December 31, 2002.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

The Company maintains a line of credit with various lenders which provides up to $5,000,000 through June 30, 2003 bearing a variable interest rate as established by the lender on a daily basis. The line of credit was obtained to provide additional liquidity on a short term basis to the Bank. Interest is payable on a daily basis, and the principal is callable at any time by the lender. The Company did not draw upon the line during 2002. The weighted average interest rate was 5.46% and 6.93%, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000. Under these agreements, there were no borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2002, 2001 or 2000 and maximum borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 were none, $1,000,000, and $2,000,000, respectively. The average balance outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $0, $3,000, and $5,000, respectively. The line of credit is unsecured.

 

During 1997, the Fallbrook National Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan obtained a line of credit with a lender which provides up to $1,200,000 through March 1, 2004 bearing interest at the prime rate plus one percent, as defined in the agreement. The line of credit was obtained to fund the Bank’s ESOP. The loan was refinanced in April of 2000, allowing advances up to the original $1,200,000. Interest is payable monthly beginning September 1, 1997 and the effective rate at December 31, 2001 was 5.75%. The weighted average interest rate was 4.88%, 8.19%, and 11.06% for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Under this agreement, $0 and $813,000 in borrowings were outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Maximum borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, were $813,000, $899,000, and $1,070,000. The line of credit was collateralized by the Company’s common stock purchased by the ESOP and $497,000 in certificates of deposit with the lender. The Board of Directors terminated the ESOP effective September 30, 2001. The ESOP loan was paid off in February 2002, with no material gain or loss on the early extinguishment (see note 16).

 

During 1999, the Company obtained a line of credit with a lender which provided up to $3,175,000 through August 1, 2005 bearing interest at the prime rate plus one percent, as defined in the agreement. The line of credit was obtained to increase capital at the Bank. The loan was paid in full on March 26, 2000. The weighted average interest rate was 9.81% for the year ended December 31, 2000. Under this agreement, the maximum borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2000 was $3,175,000.

 

The following table reflects the contractual maturities of borrowings as of December 31, 2002:

 

Year ending December 31,

    

(dollars in thousands)


2003

    

$

13,843

2004

    

 

368

2005

    

 

398

2006

    

 

429

2007

    

 

462

Thereafter

    

 

10,000

      

Total

    

$

25,500

      

 

9.    Derivatives and Hedging Activity:

 

In 2002, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert the 11% fixed rate payments on the Trust Preferred Securities to variable payments, based upon six-month LIBOR as a goal to reduce (shorten) the duration of the Trust Preferred securities from over 20 years to six months. The reduction of the duration will more effectively match the repricing characteristics of the Bank’s assets. The majority of the Bank’s loans are adjustable rate loans tied to the prime index. The interest rate swap agreement was classified as a fair value hedge of the Trust Preferred Securities, consequently, the unrealized gains and losses resulting from changes in value of the interest rate swap and the hedged trust preferred securities are recorded though income. As the hedging relationship met the conditions provided for in SFAS No. 133, the Company assumes no ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship. There were no interest rate swap agreements outstanding as of

 

81


Table of Contents

December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2002, the interest rate swap received a fixed rate of 11.0% and paid a variable rate, based upon six-month LIBOR, of 6.87%, with a notional value of $10.0 million and a fair value, based on quoted market price, of approximately $4,000. The swap will mature in March 2030.

 

10.    Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

 

Estimated fair values for the Company’s financial instruments and a description of the methodologies and assumptions used to determine such amounts follows:

 

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Interest Bearing Deposits in Financial Institutions:    The carrying amount is assumed to be the fair value because of the liquidity of these instruments.

 

Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock:    The carrying value approximates the fair value because the stock can be redeemed at par.

 

Investment Securities:    Fair values are based on quoted market prices available as of the balance sheet date. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

 

Loans:    Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type and further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by credit risk categories. The fair value estimates do not take into consideration the value of the loan portfolio in the event the loans had to be sold outside the parameters of normal operating activities.

 

The fair value of fixed rate loans and non-performing or adversely classified adjustable rate loans are calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loans. The discount rates used for performing fixed rate loans are the Bank’s current offer rates for comparable instruments with similar terms.

 

The fair value of performing adjustable rate loans is estimated to be the carrying value. These loans reprice frequently at market rates and the credit risk is not considered to be greater than normal.

 

The fair value of loans held for sale is determined based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes.

 

Trading securities:    The fair value of trading securities are determined based on the quoted market price.

 

Interest-only strips:    The fair value of interest-only strips have been determined by discounted cash flow methods, using market discount rates and prepayment factors.

 

Deposits:    The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest bearing demand deposits, savings and checking accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand as of the balance sheet date. The fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits with similar remaining maturities.

 

Borrowings:    The fair value of borrowings is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using rates currently offered for borrowings with similar remaining maturities and characteristics. Borrowings which mature in less than one year or that have a variable rate of interest are shown at carrying value.

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit:    The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated to be zero since the current competitive financial community does not routinely charge fees for commitments to extend credit. The fair value of standby letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements.

 

82


Table of Contents

 

Interest Rate Swap:    The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement is based on the discounted value of the contractual cash flows, as determined by the current interest rate curve over the contractual period of the swap.

 

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on what management believes to be conservative judgments regarding expected future cash flows, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. Since the fair values have been estimated as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the amounts that will actually be realized or paid at settlement or maturity of the instruments could be significantly different.

 

The fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 

      

2002


    

2001


      

Carrying or Contract Amount


    

Fair Value Estimates


    

Carrying or Contract Amount


    

Fair Value Estimates


      

(dollars in thousands)

Financial Assets:

                                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    

$

22,656

    

$

22,656

    

$

38,946

    

$

38,946

Interest bearing deposits

    

 

99

    

 

99

    

 

596

    

 

596

Federal Reserve Bank and Federal Home Loan Bank stock

    

 

1,548

    

 

1,548

    

 

1,065

    

 

1,065

Investment securities held-to-maturity

    

 

21,306

    

 

21,631

    

 

10,626

    

 

10,749

Trading securities

    

 

16,076

    

 

16,076

    

 

—  

    

 

—  

Loans held for investment, net

    

 

286,592

    

 

287,292

    

 

266,663

    

 

271,137

Loans held for sale

    

 

52,879

    

 

54,900

    

 

39,023

    

 

40,104

Interest-only strips

    

 

480

    

 

480

    

 

354

    

 

354

Financial Liabilities:

                                   

Deposits

    

 

363,952

    

 

364,547

    

 

333,334

    

 

333,895

Borrowings

    

 

25,500

    

 

28,262

    

 

15,813

    

 

16,038

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:

                                   

Commitments to extend credit on new loans

    

 

33,327

    

 

—  

    

 

41,828

    

 

—  

Commitments to extend credit on construction
and other loans

    

 

83,175

    

 

—  

    

 

62,562

    

 

—  

Standby letters of credit

    

 

2,243

    

 

22

    

 

1,305

    

 

13

Interest rate swap

    

 

10,000

    

 

4

    

 

—  

    

 

—  

 

 

83


Table of Contents

 

11.    Income Taxes:

 

The components of income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 are as follows:

 

    

2002


      

2001


      

2000


    

(dollars in thousands)

Current:

                            

Federal

  

$

1,898

 

    

$

1,006

 

    

$

422

State

  

 

700

 

    

 

345

 

    

 

158

    


    


    

    

 

2,598

 

    

 

1,351

 

    

 

580

    


    


    

Deferred:

                            

Federal

  

 

(325

)

    

 

(429

)

    

 

49

State

  

 

(140

)

    

 

(139

)

    

 

23

    


    


    

    

 

(465

)

    

 

(568

)

    

 

72

    


    


    

    

$

2,133

 

    

$

783

 

    

$

652

    


    


    

 

A reconciliation of the difference between the expected federal statutory income tax expense and the actual income tax expense for the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 is shown in the following table:

 

    

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Computed “expected” federal income taxes

  

$

1,799

 

    

$

660

 

    

$

579

 

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

  

 

364

 

    

 

134

 

    

 

118

 

Other, net

  

 

(30

)

    

 

(11

)

    

 

(45

)

    


    


    


    

$

2,133

 

    

$

783

 

    

$

652

 

    


    


    


 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:

 

    

2002


      

2001


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

                   

Loan loss allowance, due to differences in computation of bad debts

  

$

1,587

 

    

$

1,163

 

Nonaccrual interest recognized as income for taxes but not for books

  

 

138

 

    

 

75

 

Loan servicing asset

  

 

41

 

    

 

61

 

State taxes

  

 

89

 

    

 

19

 

Accrued expenses

  

 

284

 

    

 

337

 

    


    


    

 

2,139

 

    

 

1,655

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

                   

Deferred loan fees

  

 

(166

)

    

 

(299

)

Differences in depreciation

  

 

(268

)

    

 

(116

)

    


    


    

 

(434

)

    

 

(415

)

    


    


    

$

1,705

 

    

$

1,240

 

    


    


 

Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.

 

As of December 31, 2002, income taxes receivable totaled approximately $309,000. As of December 31, 2001, income taxes payable totaled approximately $376,000.

 

84


Table of Contents

 

12.    Dividends:

 

In November 2002, the Board of Directors declared a 5% stock dividend to shareholders of record on November 15, 2002. In November 2001, the Board of Directors declared a 5% stock dividend to shareholders of record on November 15, 2001. In November 2000, the Board of Directors announced a 5% stock dividend to shareholders of record on November 15, 2000. All share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect retroactively the stock dividends.

 

13.    Stock Option Plans:

 

In 1985 and 1993, the Bank adopted stock option plans (“the 1985 Plan” and “the 1993 Plan”) (collectively, the “Plans”) pursuant to which the Bank’s Board of Directors may grant stock options to officers and key employees. As part of the Reorganization, the Company adopted the Bank’s Plans.

 

The 1985 Plan, which expired in September 1996, authorized grants of options to purchase up to 471,714 shares of common stock after adjustments for stock dividends and stock splits (original authorized number of shares was 42,000) and the 1993 Plan authorizes grants of options to purchase up to 848,727 shares of common stock after adjustments for stock dividends and stock splits (original authorized number of shares was 51,000). Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. All stock options have 10 year terms and generally vest one-fifth annually over the five years following date of grant, subject to certain restrictions.

 

As of December 31, 2002, there were no additional shares available for grant under the 1985 Plan. There were no stock options granted under the 1985 Plan during 2002, 2001 or 2000.

 

At the shareholders’ meeting held on May 27, 1998, the shareholders approved an amendment to the 1993 Plan increasing the maximum number of shares under the plan to 848,727 from the 272,760 share maximum then outstanding (after adjusting for the stock dividends).

 

As of December 31, 2002 there were 71,195 shares available for grant under the 1993 Plan. The per share weighted-average fair values of stock options granted under the 1993 Plan during 2002, 2001 and 2000 were $2.79, $4.07 and $2.83, respectively, on the date of the grant, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 2002—no expected dividend yield, risk free interest rate of 1.69%, expected life of 5.0 years and a volatility of 41%; 2001—no expected dividend yield, risk free interest rate of 4.16%, expected life of 5.0 years and a volatility of 59%; 2000—no expected dividend yield, risk-free interest rate of 5.37%, expected life of 5.0 years, and volatility of 56%.

 

85


Table of Contents

 

Stock option activity for the periods indicated is as follows:

 

      

1985 Plan


    

1993 Plan


      

Number of Shares


      

Weighted Average Exercise Price


    

Number of Shares


      

Weighted Average Exercise Price


Balance as of January 1, 2000

    

15,315

 

    

$

3.23

    

590,039

 

    

$

6.02

Granted

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

110,011

 

    

 

5.11

Exercised

    

(8,423

)

    

 

2.99

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

Expired

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

(8,401

)

    

 

5.39

      

    

    

    

Balance as of December 31, 2000

    

6,892

 

    

 

3.54

    

691,649

 

    

 

5.88

Granted

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

21,819

 

    

 

6.94

Exercised

    

(5,616

)

    

 

2.81

    

(5,568

)

    

 

3.46

Expired

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

(16,238

)

    

 

5.71

      

    

    

    

Balance as of December 31, 2001

    

1,276

 

    

 

6.76

    

691,662

 

    

 

5.94

Granted

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

24,260

 

    

 

7.37

Exercised

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

(65,473

)

    

 

3.89

Expired

    

—  

 

    

 

—  

    

(15,717

)

    

 

5.36

      

    

    

    

Balance as of December 31, 2002

    

1,276

 

    

$

6.76

    

634,732

 

    

$

6.22

      

    

    

    

 

The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and exercisable options:

 

    

Options Outstanding


  

Options Exercisable


Range of Exercise Prices


  

Number Outstanding at December 31,
2002


  

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life


  

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


  

Number Exercisable at December 31, 2002


  

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


$3.21—$3.21

  

53,191

  

0.32 years

  

$

3.21

  

53,191

  

$

3.21

$4.10—$4.64

  

78,961

  

4.65

  

$

4.25

  

61,600

  

$

4.20

$5.40—$5.97

  

44,923

  

7.30

  

$

5.56

  

12,628

  

$

5.67

$6.07—$6.94

  

191,810

  

6.10

  

$

6.44

  

147,423

  

$

6.43

$7.14—$7.97

  

267,123

  

5.66

  

$

7.34

  

235,316

  

$

7.34

    
              
      

$3.21—$7.97

  

636,008

  

5.33

  

$

6.22

  

510,158

  

$

6.22

    
              
      
    

Options Outstanding


  

Options Exercisable


Range of Exercise Prices


  

Number Outstanding at December 31,
2001


  

Weighted-
Average Remaining
Contractual
Life


  

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


  

Number Exercisable at December 31, 2001


  

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price


$3.21—$3.21

  

73,188

  

1.32 years

  

$

3.21

  

73,188

  

$

3.21

$4.10—$4.64

  

130,386

  

5.20

  

$

4.23

  

98,438

  

$

4.16

$5.40—$5.97

  

51,304

  

8.13

  

$

5.61

  

12,567

  

$

5.77

$6.07—$6.94

  

188,897

  

7.02

  

$

6.43

  

115,220

  

$

6.42

$7.14—$7.97

  

249,163

  

6.39

  

$

7.33

  

234,609

  

$

7.34

    
              
      

$3.21—$7.97

  

692,938

  

5.93

  

$

5.94

  

534,022

  

$

5.95

    
              
      

 

86


Table of Contents

 

14.    Rental Commitments:

 

As of December 31, 2002 aggregate minimum rental commitments for certain real property under non-cancelable operating leases having an initial or remaining term of more than one year are as follows:

 

    

Gross Rental Commitments


    

Sub-lease Income


    

Net Rental Commitments


    

(dollars in thousands)

2003

  

$

949

    

$

106

    

$

843

2004

  

 

1,147

    

 

64

    

 

1,083

2005

  

 

1,182

    

 

66

    

 

1,116

2006

  

 

1,215

    

 

68

    

 

1,147

2007

  

 

1,068

    

 

23

    

 

1,045

Thereafter

  

 

10,970

    

 

—  

    

 

10,970

    

    

    

Total

  

$

16,531

    

$

327

    

$

16,204

    

    

    

 

Total rental expense was $862,000, $523,000, and $475,000 in 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively. Management expects that in the normal course of business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by other leases.

 

15.    Commitments and Contingencies:

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations.

 

Commitments to extend credit amounting to $33,327,000 and $41,828,000 were outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees amounting to $2,243,000 and $1,305,000 were outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support private borrowing arrangements. Most guarantees carry a one year term or less.

 

The Company generally requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk. Management does not anticipate any material loss will result from the outstanding commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company had non-mandatory commitments to sell loans of $4,787,000 and $3,893,000, respectively.

 

Because of the nature of its activities, the Company is, from time to time, subject to pending and threatened legal actions which arise out of the normal course of its business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

87


Table of Contents

 

During 1999, the Company accrued $298,000 for a lawsuit, which was subsequently appealed, and overturned. During 2000, the lawsuit was settled and resulted in a recovery of $271,000. No further expense is expected to occur on this issue.

 

The Company has negotiated employment agreements with certain officers. These agreements provide for the payment of base salaries plus incentives based on agreed upon minimum standards of performance. While there is no provision for payment due to termination for cause, the agreements specify payment of the base salary for up to 12 months for termination without cause, and up to 24 months upon a change in control, as defined in the agreements.

 

The Company entered into salary continuation agreements in 1996 with certain members of its Board of Directors. The agreements provide monthly cash payment to the board members or their beneficiaries in the event of death or disability, beginning in the month after retirement date or upon death, and extending for a minimum period of 3 years, or until death, whichever is greater. The commitment is funded by a life insurance policy owned by the Company, and the present value of the Company’s liability under the agreement is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

16.    Employee Benefit Plans:

 

The Company’s employee savings and retirement plan (the “401k Plan”) is for the benefit of substantially all employees. Contributions to the 401k Plan by the Company are at the discretion of the Board of Directors and are subject to certain limitations described in the plan. The Company made contributions to the 401k Plan of $196,000, $148,000 and $116,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Company employees are able to choose Company stock as an investment option. Also, employees have the option of taking the Company contributions to this 401k Plan, if any, in Company stock purchased in the open market rather than in cash.

 

In July 1997, the Company established the ESOP for substantially all employees. The ESOP authorized the Trust to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions from time to time. In July 1997, the ESOP entered into a line of credit borrowing agreement in the amount of $1,200,000 with another bank in order to fund the ESOP. The loan was refinanced in March of 2000, returning the available line to the original $1,200,000. During 1998, the ESOP made open market purchases of 24,559 shares at an average cost of $7.36 per share. During 2000, the Company made open market purchases of 60,699 shares at an average cost of $5.28 per share. During 2001, the ESOP made open market purchase of 6,505 shares at an average price of $6.77 per share. There were no purchases of stock by the ESOP during 1999 and 2002. All amounts have been adjusted for stock dividends. The line of credit was paid off in February 2002 (see note 8). The Company absorbs the administrative costs of this program, which totaled approximately $8,000, $7,000 and $9,000 in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively. No further expenses are expected to be incurred for the ESOP.

 

On September 30, 2001, and on December 31, 2000, the Board of Directors allocated 23,731 and 29,701, respectively, shares to the ESOP for distribution to the participants (adjusted for stock dividends).

 

According to the terms of the ESOP, contributions to the ESOP from the Company’s net income were determined at the Company’s discretion. During 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company repaid principal totaling none, $153,000, and $205,000, and the interest expense on the outstanding loan totaled $5,000, $68,000, and $100,000, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the indebtedness of the ESOP was none and $813,000, respectively. Dividends paid on ESOP shares are recorded as reductions in retained earnings in the balance sheets. The number of average shares outstanding used in the computation of earnings per share is reduced by the average unallocated ESOP shares.

 

88


Table of Contents

 

On September 30, 2001, the Board of Directors terminated the ESOP. Due to the termination of the ESOP, there will be no future contributions to the plan. In February 2002, the Company sold the unallocated shares on the open market for $6.19 per share (adjusted for stock dividends) for total proceeds to the ESOP of $822,000. The ESOP has used these proceeds to pay-off the loan in full. Proceeds in excess of the loan pay-off were allocated to ESOP participants.

 

17.    Restricted Cash Balances:

 

The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank. Reserve requirements are based on a percentage of deposit liabilities. The average reserves held at the Federal Reserve Bank for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 were approximately $3,452,000 and $1,630,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2002 the Company had restricted cash of $1.2 million pledged to the counterparty of the interest rate swap the Company entered into for a fair value hedge.

 

18.    Regulatory Matters:

 

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

As of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the most recent notification from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table as of December 31, 2002 and 2001.

 

    

Actual


    

For capital adequacy purposes


    

To be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions


 
    

Amount


  

Ratio


    

Amount


  

Ratio


    

Amount


    

Ratio


 
    

(dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2002

                                           

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

  

$

35,888

  

10.40

%

  

$

27,619

  

8.00

%

  

$

34,524

    

10.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

  

$

31,769

  

9.20

%

  

$

13,810

  

4.00

%

  

$

20,715

    

6.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

  

$

31,769

  

7.95

%

  

$

15,977

  

4.00

%

  

$

19,971

    

5.00

%

As of December 31, 2001

                                           

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

  

$

31,134

  

10.89

%

  

$

22,814

  

8.00

%

  

$

28,517

    

10.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

  

$

28,061

  

9.82

%

  

$

11,407

  

4.00

%

  

$

17,110

    

6.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

  

$

28,061

  

7.94

%

  

$

14,130

  

4.00

%

  

$

17,662

    

5.00

%

 

89


Table of Contents

 

Under federal banking law, dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year may not, without the approval of the OCC, exceed its net income for that year combined with its retained income from the preceding two years. However, the OCC has previously issued a bulletin to all national banks outlining guidelines limiting the circumstances under which national banks may pay dividends even if the banks are otherwise statutorily authorized to pay dividends. The limitations impose a requirement or in some cases suggest that prior approval of the OCC should be obtained before a dividend is paid if a national bank is the subject of administrative action or if the payment could be viewed by the OCC as unsafe or unusual.

 

The Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table as of December 31, 2002 and 2001. There are no prompt corrective action thresholds at the holding company.

 

      

Actual


      

For capital adequacy purposes


 
      

Amount


    

Ratio


      

Amount


    

Ratio


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

As of December 31, 2002

                                   

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

    

$

34,430

    

9.99

%

    

$

27,584

    

8.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

    

$

27,161

    

7.88

%

    

$

13,792

    

4.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

    

$

27,161

    

6.80

%

    

$

15,977

    

4.00

%

As of December 31, 2001

                                   

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)

    

$

29,444

    

10.30

%

    

$

22,871

    

8.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

    

$

21,872

    

7.65

%

    

$

11,435

    

4.00

%

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

    

$

21,872

    

6.18

%

    

$

14,152

    

4.00

%

 

19.    Net Earnings Per Share:

 

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”):

 

      

Income (numerator)


    

Shares (denominator)


    

Per Share Amounts


 

Basic 2002 EPS

                          

Net income available to common shareholders

    

$

3,006,000

    

3,491,000

    

$

0.86

 

Effect of dilutive stock options

    

 

—  

    

108,000

    

 

(0.02

)

      

    
    


Diluted 2002 EPS

    

$

3,006,000

    

3,599,000

    

$

0.84

 

      

    
    


Basic 2001 EPS

                          

Net income available to common shareholders

    

$

1,102,000

    

3,041,000

    

$

0.36

 

Effect of dilutive stock options

    

 

—  

    

82,000

    

 

(0.01

)

      

    
    


Diluted 2001 EPS

    

$

1,102,000

    

3,123,000

    

$

0.35

 

      

    
    


Basic 2000 EPS

                          

Net income available to common shareholders

    

$

1,001,000

    

2,810,000

    

$

0.36

 

Effect of dilutive stock options

    

 

—  

    

52,000

    

 

(0.01

)

      

    
    


Diluted 2000 EPS

    

$

1,001,000

    

2,862,000

    

$

0.35

 

      

    
    


 

There were no anti-dilutive securities in any of the three years presented.

 

90


Table of Contents

 

20.    Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited):

 

    

Quarters Ended


    

December 31, 2002


    

September 30, 2002


    

June 30, 2002


    

March 31, 2002


    

(In thousands, except per share data)

Interest income

  

$

6,454

    

$

6,270

    

$

6,243

    

$

5,848

Interest expense

  

 

1,965

    

 

2,112

    

 

2,270

    

 

2,348

    

    

    

    

Net interest income

  

 

4,489

    

 

4,158

    

 

3,973

    

 

3,500

Provision for loan losses

  

 

776

    

 

306

    

 

233

    

 

246

    

    

    

    

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  

 

3,713

    

 

3,852

    

 

3,740

    

 

3,254

Other income

  

 

1,771

    

 

1,564

    

 

1,821

    

 

1,345

Other expenses

  

 

3,902

    

 

4,088

    

 

4,341

    

 

3,590

    

    

    

    

Income before income tax provision

  

 

1,582

    

 

1,328

    

 

1,220

    

 

1,009

Income tax provision

  

 

654

    

 

553

    

 

507

    

 

419

    

    

    

    

Net income

  

$

928

    

$

775

    

$

713

    

$

590

    

    

    

    

Earnings per share:

                                 

Basic

  

$

0.27

    

$

0.22

    

$

0.20

    

$

0.17

    

    

    

    

Fully diluted

  

$

0.26

    

$

0.21

    

$

0.20

    

$

0.17

    

    

    

    

    

Quarters Ended


    

December 31, 2001


    

September 30, 2001


    

June 30, 2001


    

March 31, 2001


    

(In thousands, except per share data)

Interest income

  

$

6,086

    

$

6,135

    

$

6,409

    

$

6,575

Interest expense

  

 

2,740

    

 

3,089

    

 

3,272

    

 

3,380

    

    

    

    

Net interest income

  

 

3,346

    

 

3,046

    

 

3,137

    

 

3,195

Provision for loan losses

  

 

706

    

 

670

    

 

75

    

 

19

    

    

    

    

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

  

 

2,640

    

 

2,376

    

 

3,062

    

 

3,176

Other income

  

 

1,013

    

 

702

    

 

692

    

 

552

Other expenses

  

 

3,091

    

 

2,679

    

 

3,317

    

 

3,241

    

    

    

    

Income before income tax provision

  

 

562

    

 

399

    

 

437

    

 

487

Income tax provision

  

 

234

    

 

166

    

 

198

    

 

185

    

    

    

    

Net income

  

$

328

    

$

233

    

$

239

    

$

302

    

    

    

    

Earnings per share:

                                 

Basic

  

$

0.10

    

$

0.07

    

$

0.08

    

$

0.11

    

    

    

    

Fully diluted

  

$

0.10

    

$

0.07

    

$

0.08

    

$

0.10

    

    

    

    

 

91


Table of Contents

 

21.    Segment Information

 

The following disclosure about segments of the Company is made in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information. The Company segregates its operations into two primary segments: Banking Division and SBA Division. The Company determines operating results of each segment based on an internal management system that allocates certain expenses to each segment.

 

    

2002


    

Banking Division


    

SBA Division


      

Total


    

(dollars in thousands)

Interest income

  

$

18,298

    

$

6,517

 

    

$

24,815

Interest expense

  

 

5,699

    

 

2,996

 

    

 

8,695

    

    


    

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

  

 

12,599

    

 

3,521

 

    

 

16,120

Provision for loan losses

  

 

962

    

 

599

 

    

 

1,561

Other operating income

  

 

1,529

    

 

4,972

 

    

 

6,501

Other operating expenses

  

 

11,934

    

 

3,987

 

    

 

15,921

    

    


    

Income before income taxes

  

 

1,232

    

 

3,907

 

    

 

5,139

Income taxes

  

 

508

    

 

1,625

 

    

 

2,133

    

    


    

Net income

  

$

724

    

$

2,282

 

    

$

3,006

    

    


    

Assets employed at year end

  

$

321,772

    

$

93,926

 

    

$

415,698

    

    


    

    

2001


    

Banking Division


    

SBA Division


      

Total


    

(dollars in thousands)

Interest income

  

$

17,183

    

$

8,022

 

    

$

25,205

Interest expense

  

 

8,285

    

 

4,196

 

    

 

12,481

    

    


    

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

  

 

8,898

    

 

3,826

 

    

 

12,724

Provision for loan losses

  

 

1,099

    

 

371

 

    

 

1,470

Other operating income

  

 

1,552

    

 

1,394

 

    

 

2,946

Other operating expenses

  

 

8,863

    

 

3,452

 

    

 

12,315

    

    


    

Income before income taxes

  

 

488

    

 

1,397

 

    

 

1,885

Income taxes

  

 

202

    

 

581

 

    

 

783

    

    


    

Net income

  

$

286

    

$

816

 

    

$

1,102

    

    


    

Assets employed at year end

  

$

270,202

    

$

100,021

 

    

$

370,223

    

    


    

    

2000


    

Banking Division


    

SBA Division


      

Total


    

(dollars in thousands)

Interest income

  

$

15,413

    

$

5,763

 

    

$

21,176

Interest expense

  

 

5,724

    

 

4,082

 

    

 

9,806

    

    


    

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

  

 

9,689

    

 

1,681

 

    

 

11,370

Provision for loan losses

  

 

917

    

 

48

 

    

 

965

Other operating income

  

 

1,151

    

 

1,027

 

    

 

2,178

Other operating expenses

  

 

8,064

    

 

2,866

 

    

 

10,930

    

    


    

Income (loss) before income taxes

  

 

1,859

    

 

(206

)

    

 

1,653

Income taxes (benefit)

  

 

737

    

 

(85

)

    

 

652

    

    


    

Net income (loss)

  

$

1,122

    

$

(121

)

    

$

1,001

    

    


    

Assets employed at year end

  

$

203,543

    

$

76,915

 

    

$

280,696

    

    


    

 

92


Table of Contents

 

22.    Parent Company Financial Information

 

The following presents unconsolidated financial information of the parent company only, Community Bancorp Inc. (Note 1) as of and for the years ended December 31:

 

Community Bancorp Inc. (Parent company only)

 

      

2002


    

2001


      

(dollars in thousands)

BALANCE SHEETS

      

ASSETS:

                 

Cash

    

$

203

    

$

320

Interest bearing deposits in financial institutions

    

 

1,151

    

 

497

Accrued interest and other assets

    

 

8

    

 

13

Investment in subsidiaries

    

 

32,341

    

 

28,502

      

    

Total Assets

    

$

33,703

    

$

29,332

      

    

LIABILITIES:

                 

Accounts payable

    

$

820

    

$

708

Borrowings from subsidiary

    

 

10,310

    

 

10,310

Other borrowings

    

 

2,000

    

 

1,813

      

    

Total Liabilities

    

 

13,130

    

 

12,831

Total Shareholders’ Equity

    

 

20,573

    

 

16,501

      

    

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    

$

33,703

    

$

29,332

      

    

 

Community Bancorp Inc. (Parent company only)

 

      

2002


    

2001


    

2000


      

(dollars in thousands)

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

      

Interest income

    

$

36

    

$

60

    

$

33

Interest expense

    

 

1,248

    

 

1,169

    

 

954

Other operating income

    

 

6

                 

Other operating expenses

    

 

390

    

 

378

    

 

209

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

    

 

3,938

    

 

1,970

    

 

1,582

      

    

    

Earnings before income taxes

    

 

2,342

    

 

483

    

 

452

Income tax benefit

    

 

664

    

 

619

    

 

549

      

    

    

Net Income

    

$

3,006

    

$

1,102

    

$

1,001

      

    

    

 

93


Table of Contents

 

Community Bancorp Inc. (Parent company only)

 

      

2002


      

2001


      

2000


 
      

(dollars in thousands)

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                                

Net income

    

$

3,006

 

    

$

1,102

 

    

$

1,001

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

                                

ESOP compensation

    

 

—  

 

    

 

153

 

    

 

—  

 

Decrease (increase) in accrued interest and other assets

    

 

5

 

    

 

(11

)

    

 

82

 

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

    

 

112

 

    

 

(36

)

    

 

744

 

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

    

 

(3,938

)

    

 

(1,970

)

    

 

(1,582

)

      


    


    


Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    

 

(815

)

    

 

(762

)

    

 

245

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                                

Net change in interest bearing deposits at other financial institutions

    

 

(655

)

    

 

(7

)

    

 

(475

)

Capital contributions to subsidiaries

    

 

(800

)

    

 

(4,000

)

    

 

(6,110

)

      


    


    


Net cash used in investing activities

    

 

(1,455

)

    

 

(4,007

)

    

 

(6,585

)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                                

Net proceeds from other borrowings

    

 

1,000

 

    

 

1,000

 

    

 

10,495

 

Repayment of other borrowings

    

 

(813

)

    

 

(153

)

    

 

(3,381

)

Cash dividends received from subsidiary

    

 

900

 

    

 

—  

 

    

 

350

 

Proceeds from sale of unallocated ESOP shares

    

 

813

 

                     

Cash dividends paid

    

 

(2

)

    

 

(1

)

    

 

(1

)

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

    

 

—  

 

    

 

3,026

 

          

Exercise of stock options

    

 

255

 

    

 

35

 

    

 

25

 

      


    


    


Net cash provided by financing activities

    

 

2,153

 

    

 

3,907

 

    

 

7,488

 

      


    


    


NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    

 

(117

)

    

 

(862

)

    

 

1,148

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

    

 

320

 

    

 

1,182

 

    

 

34

 

      


    


    


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

    

$

203

 

    

$

320

 

    

$

1,182

 

      


    


    


Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities

                                

Unearned ESOP contributions

    

$

—  

 

    

$

(50

)

    

$

(325

)

      


    


    


 

94


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Community Bancorp Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Community Bancorp Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2002 and 2001 and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Community Bancorp Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/    DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Costa Mesa, California

February 28, 2003

 

95


Table of Contents
ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

ITEM 12.    SECURITY   OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2002 relating to equity compensation of the Company pursuant to which grants of options to acquire shares may be granted from time to time:

 

Plan category


    

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of options


    

Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options


    

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance


Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    

636,008

    

$

6.22

    

71,195

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

    

—  

    

 

—  

    

—  

      
    

    

Total

    

636,008

    

$

6.22

    

71,195

      
    

    

 

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2003 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

ITEM 14.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

(a)  Within the 90 days prior to the date of this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in timely alerting them to material information relating to the Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries) required to be included in the Company’s periodic SEC filings.

 

(b)  Subsequent to the date of this evaluation, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls, and no discoveries of any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in such controls that would require the Company to take corrective actions.

 

96


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

(a)

  

Documents Filed as Part of this Report

    
    

(1)

  

The following financial statements are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereto:

    
         

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2001.

  

Page 59

         

Consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002.

  

Page 60

         

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year

period ended December 31, 2002.

  

Page 61

         

Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period

ended December 31, 2002.

  

Page 62

         

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

  

Page 64

         

Independent Auditors’ Report

  

Page 91

    

(2)

  

Financial Statement Schedules

    
         

Not applicable.

    

(b)

  

Exhibits

         
         

3.1

  

Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of Community Bancorp Inc*

    
         

3.1.1

  

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation

  

Page 103

         

3.2

  

Bylaws of Community Bancorp Inc.*

    
         

4.1

  

Specimen Share Certificate for Common Stock****

    
         

4.2

  

Stock Purchase Agreement ******

    
         

4.3

  

Registration Rights Agreement ******

    
         

10.1

  

Data Processing Service Agreement, dated December 21, 2000 between Community National Bank and First National Bank as amended *****

    
         

10.2

  

1993 Stock Option Plan **

    
         

10.3

  

Form of stock option agreement for use pursuant to 1993 Stock Option Plan**

    
         

10.4

  

Head Office Extension Leases****

    
         

10.5

  

Temecula Branch Office Lease****

    
         

10.6

  

Vista Branch Lease****

    
         

10.7

  

Fallbrook National Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan***

    
         

10.8

  

Director Indexed Fee Continuation Program****

    
         

10.9

  

Employment Agreement with Thomas E. Swanson****

    
         

10.10

  

Employment Agreement with Gary M. Youmans****

    
         

10.11

  

Employment Agreement with L. Bruce Mills, Jr.****

    
         

10.12

  

Employment Agreement with Donald W. Murray****

    
         

10.13

  

Employment Agreement with Barbara C. Ernst****

    
         

10.14

  

Fallbrook National Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan****

    
         

10.15

  

Employment Agreement with F. Michael Patterson *****

    
         

10.16

  

Lease on Corporate Headquarters in Escondido*******

    
         

10.17

  

Promissory note for Pacific Coast Banker’s Bank*******

    
         

23.1

  

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

  

Page 105

         

99.1

  

Certification pursuant to section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  

Page 106

 

97


Table of Contents

*   Previously filed with the Company’s 10-QSB for the quarter ended June 30, 1999
**   Previously filed with the Company’s S-8 Registration Statement (333-88473)
***   Previously filed with the Company’s S-8 Registration Statement (333-88457)
****   Previously filed with the Company’s 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 1999
*****   Previously filed with the Company’s 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2000
******   Previously filed with the Company’s 8-K on August 2, 2001
*******   Previously filed with the Company’s 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001

 

(c)  Reports on Form 8-K

 

The Company filed an 8-K report on December 13, 2002 which contained the text of the third quarter earnings press release and the announcement of the declaration of a 5% stock dividend

 

 

98


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

COMMUNITY BANCORP INC.

By:

 

/s/    THOMAS E. SWANSON        


   

Thomas E. Swanson

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated:    March 19, 2003

By:

 

/s/    L. BRUCE MILLS, JR.        


L. Bruce Mills, Jr.

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Dated:    March 19, 2003

 

In accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Bank and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

        

Dated:


/s/    GARY W. DEEMS        


Gary W. Deems

  

Chairman of the Board

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    MARK N. BAKER        


Mark N. Baker

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    G. BRUCE DUNN        


G. Bruce Dunn

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    C. GRANGER HAUGH        


C. Granger Haugh

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    ROBERT H. S. KIRKPATRICK        


Robert H. S. Kirkpatrick

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    PHILIP D. OBERHANSLEY        


Philip D. Oberhansley

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    COREY A. SEALE        


Corey A. Seale

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    THOMAS E. SWANSON        


Thomas E. Swanson

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

/s/    GARY M. YOUMANS        


Gary M. Youmans

  

Director

 

March 19, 2003

 

99


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Thomas E. Swanson, President and Chief Executive Officer of Community Bancorp Inc., certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Community Bancorp Inc;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

  c.   presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a.   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6.   The registrants other certifying officers and I have indicated in this quarterly report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date March 19, 2003

     

/s/    THOMAS E. SWANSON        


       

Thomas E. Swanson

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

100


Table of Contents

I, L. Bruce Mills, Jr., Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Community Bancorp Inc., certify that:

 

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Community Bancorp Inc;

 

2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

  a.   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

 

  b.   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this quarterly report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

  c.   presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  a.   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

  b.   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

6.   The registrants other certifying officers and I have indicated in this quarterly report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

Date March 19, 2003

     

/s/    L. BRUCE MILLS, JR.        


       

L. Bruce Mills, Jr.

Sr. Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

101


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit Number


  

Description


    

3.1.1

  

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation

  

Page 103

23.1

  

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

  

Page 105

99.1

  

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

  

Page 106

 

102